<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dbauer-ets</id>
	<title>MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dbauer-ets"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Special:Contributions/Dbauer-ets"/>
	<updated>2026-05-09T20:55:41Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=132804</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=132804"/>
		<updated>2019-01-03T16:43:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#000000;padding:8px 20px 16px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For complete, up-to-date documentation on the Formulas question type, please see [https://moodleformulas.org/ &#039;&#039;&#039;MoodleFormulas.org&#039;&#039;&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Ordering_question_type&amp;diff=132433</id>
		<title>Ordering question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Ordering_question_type&amp;diff=132433"/>
		<updated>2018-11-26T00:11:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* External links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = question type&lt;br /&gt;
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/gbateson/moodle-qtype_ordering/issues/&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [https://moodle.org/user/profile.php?id=1832609 DualCube Team]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordering question type displays several short sentences in a random order which are to be dragged into the correct sequential order. It was developed for the ordering questions used in the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=mod_reader Reader activity module] for Moodle 2.x and 3.x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle versions available==&lt;br /&gt;
From Moodle 2.0 to 3.x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translations available==&lt;br /&gt;
This plugin is currently translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
* cs Czech&lt;br /&gt;
* de German&lt;br /&gt;
* es Español internacional&lt;br /&gt;
* es_mx Español de México&lt;br /&gt;
* eu Basque&lt;br /&gt;
* fr French&lt;br /&gt;
* he Hebrew&lt;br /&gt;
* pl Polish&lt;br /&gt;
* pt Português&lt;br /&gt;
* ru Russian&lt;br /&gt;
* zh_tw Chinese (Traditional/Big5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:qtype.ordering.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example==&lt;br /&gt;
* You must first write the question name and the question text:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 01.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can choose whether you want a vertical or a horizontal layout&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 02.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It is very important that you choose the best grading type for your educational goals. You must choose the one that will better assess your students:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 03.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You must write in order all the items:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 04.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If you will allow multiple tries, you can write the hints:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 05.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using [[Tags]] you can write/choose them here:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 06.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What the student sees==&lt;br /&gt;
* The student will see a jumbled list of items. The student needs to drag and drop the items until the list is in the correct order:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 07.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the student misplaced items, they will be marked red&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 08.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It may be important to have a proper feedback sentence explaining what went wrong (if anything)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 09.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodleformulas.org/ MoodleFormulas] where you can try some examples of the Ordering question type. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta orden]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Ordering_question_type&amp;diff=132432</id>
		<title>Ordering question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Ordering_question_type&amp;diff=132432"/>
		<updated>2018-11-26T00:09:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* What the student sees */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = question type&lt;br /&gt;
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/gbateson/moodle-qtype_ordering/issues/&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [https://moodle.org/user/profile.php?id=1832609 DualCube Team]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordering question type displays several short sentences in a random order which are to be dragged into the correct sequential order. It was developed for the ordering questions used in the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=mod_reader Reader activity module] for Moodle 2.x and 3.x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle versions available==&lt;br /&gt;
From Moodle 2.0 to 3.x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translations available==&lt;br /&gt;
This plugin is currently translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
* cs Czech&lt;br /&gt;
* de German&lt;br /&gt;
* es Español internacional&lt;br /&gt;
* es_mx Español de México&lt;br /&gt;
* eu Basque&lt;br /&gt;
* fr French&lt;br /&gt;
* he Hebrew&lt;br /&gt;
* pl Polish&lt;br /&gt;
* pt Português&lt;br /&gt;
* ru Russian&lt;br /&gt;
* zh_tw Chinese (Traditional/Big5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:qtype.ordering.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example==&lt;br /&gt;
* You must first write the question name and the question text:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 01.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can choose whether you want a vertical or a horizontal layout&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 02.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It is very important that you choose the best grading type for your educational goals. You must choose the one that will better assess your students:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 03.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You must write in order all the items:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 04.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If you will allow multiple tries, you can write the hints:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 05.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using [[Tags]] you can write/choose them here:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 06.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What the student sees==&lt;br /&gt;
* The student will see a jumbled list of items. The student needs to drag and drop the items until the list is in the correct order:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 07.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the student misplaced items, they will be marked red&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 08.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It may be important to have a proper feedback sentence explaining what went wrong (if anything)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ordering question 09.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodleformulas.org/course/view.php?id=30 MoodleFormulas] where you can try some examples of the Ordering question type. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta orden]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131176</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131176"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T17:13:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the maximum allowable values of  &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz. With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With n questions per topic, you must use calculations in base of at least n+1. For example, with 10 questions per topic, you must use base-11 calculations. If you have 4 questions per topic, you could use base-5 calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 10 questions per topic and base-11 calculations, the mark for the questions in the first topic is 1, the mark for the questions in the second topic is 11, third topic 121, fourth topic 1331, etc. For topic 1 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/1),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 2 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/11),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 3 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/121]]),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Number of questions per topic : n&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Base for calculations : b = n + 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Value for topic t (t = 1, 2,...) : topicvalue(t) = bᵗ⁻¹&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Calculation for topic t : =mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue(t)),b)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Maximum grade for the quiz : = n*[ b⁰ + b¹ + b² + ... + b**(number of topics - 1) ]&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Total of marks = Maximum grade for the quiz&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Maximum grade and Total of marks for the quiz must be less than or equal to their maximum allowable values which are respectively 90 909 and 99 999 by default. For example, with 4 questions per topic and base-5 calculations, the maximum number of topics is 7 with the Maximum grade and Total of marks set at 78 124 (less than or equal to 90 909). Mishael Ogochukwu &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767#p1499327 reported]&#039;&#039;&#039; that he got around the limits for Maximum grade and Total Marks by adjusting the datatype for &amp;quot;sumgrades&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;maxmark&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;grade&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;finalgrade&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;rawgrademax&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rawgrade&amp;quot; in the Moodle database to allow for a higher grade number. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131175</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131175"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T16:58:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the maximum allowable values of  &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz. With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With n questions per topic, you must use calculations in base of at least n+1. For example, with 10 questions per topic, you must use base-11 calculations. If you have 4 questions per topic, you could use base-5 calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 10 questions per topic and base-11 calculations, the mark for the questions in the first topic is 1, the mark for the questions in the second topic is 11, third topic 121, fourth topic 1331, etc. For topic 1 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/1),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 2 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/11),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 3 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/121]]),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Number of questions per topic : n&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Base for calculations : b = n + 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Value for topic t (t = 1, 2,...) : topicvalue(t) = bᵗ⁻¹&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Calculation for topic t : =mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue(t)),b)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Maximum grade for the quiz : = n*[ b⁰ + b¹ + b² + ... + b**(number of topics - 1) ]&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Total of marks = Maximum grade for the quiz&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Maximum grade and Total of marks must be less than or equal to the maximum allowable values which are respectively 99 999 and 90 909 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131174</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131174"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T16:55:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz (which is set at 90 909 by default) and the maximum &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is 99 999 by default). With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With n questions per topic, you must use calculations in base of at least n+1. For example, with 10 questions per topic, you must use base-11 calculations. If you have 4 questions per topic, you could use base-5 calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 10 questions per topic and base-11 calculations, the mark for the questions in the first topic is 1, the mark for the questions in the second topic is 11, third topic 121, fourth topic 1331, etc. For topic 1 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/1),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 2 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/11),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 3 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/121]]),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Number of questions per topic : n&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Base for calculations : b = n + 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Value for topic t (t = 1, 2,...) : topicvalue(t) = bᵗ⁻¹&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Calculation for topic t : =mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue(t)),b)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Maximum grade for the quiz : = n*[ b⁰ + b¹ + b² + ... + b**(number of topics - 1) ]&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Total of marks = Maximum grade for the quiz&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Maximum grade and Total of marks must be less than or equal to the maximum allowable values which are respectively 99 999 and 90 909 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131173</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131173"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T16:51:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz (which is set at 90 909 by default) and the maximum &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is 99 999 by default). With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With n questions per topic, you must use calculations in base of at least n+1. For example, with 10 questions per topic, you must use base-11 calculations. If you have 4 questions per topic, you could use base-5 calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 10 questions per topic and base-11 calculations, the mark for the questions in the first topic is 1, the mark for the questions in the second topic is 11, third topic 121, fourth topic 1331, etc. For topic 1 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/1),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 2 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/11),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 3 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/121]]),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Number of questions per topic : n&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Base for calculations : b = n + 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Value for topic t (t = 1, 2,...) : topicvalue(t) = bᵗ⁻¹&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Calculation for topic t : =mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue(t)),b)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Maximum grade for the quiz : = n*[ b⁰ + b¹ + b² + ... + b**(number of topics - 1) ]&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Maximum grade for the quiz : = n*[ b⁰ + b¹ + b² + ... + b**(number of topics - 1) ]&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131171</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131171"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T16:04:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz (which is set at 90 909 by default) and the maximum &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is 99 999 by default). With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With n questions per topic, you must use calculations in base of at least n+1. For example, with 10 questions per topic, you must use base-11 calculations. If you have 4 questions per topic, you could use base-5 calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 10 questions per topic and base-11 calculations, the mark for the questions in the first topic is 1, the mark for the questions in the second topic is 11, third topic 121, fourth topic 1331, etc. For topic 1 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/1),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 2 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/11),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 3 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/121]]),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Number of questions per topic : n&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Base for calculations : b = n + 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Value for topic t (t = 1, 2,...) : topicvalue(t) = bᵗ⁻¹&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Calculation for topic t : =mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue(t)),b)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131170</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131170"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T16:03:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz (which is set at 90 909 by default) and the maximum &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is 99 999 by default). With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With n questions per topic, you must use calculations in base of at least n+1. For example, with 10 questions per topic, you must use base-11 calculations. If you have 4 questions per topic, you could use base-5 calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 10 questions per topic and base-11 calculations, the mark for the questions in the first topic is 1, the mark for the questions in the second topic is 11, third topic 121, fourth topic 1331, etc. For topic 1 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/1),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 2 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/11),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, for section 3 the calculation is &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/121]]),11)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Number of questions per topic : n&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Base for calculations : b = n + 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Value for topic t (t = 1, 2,...) : topicvalue(t) = bᵗ⁻¹&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Calculation for topic t : =mod(floor([[Pretext]]/topicvalue(t)),b)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131169</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131169"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T16:01:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz (which is set at 90 909 by default) and the maximum &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is 99 999 by default). With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With n questions per topic, you must use calculations in base of at least n+1. For example, with 10 questions per topic, you must use base-11 calculations. If you have 4 questions per topic, you could use base-5 calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 10 questions per topic and base-11 calculations, the mark for the questions in the first topic is 1, the mark for the questions in the second topic is 11, third topic 121, fourth topic 1331, etc. For topic 1 the calculation is =mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/1),11), for section 2 the calculation is =mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/11),11), for section 3 the calculation is =mod(floor(&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;/121]]),11), etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Number of questions per topic : n&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Base for calculations : b = n + 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Value for topic t (t = 1, 2,...) : topicvalue(t) = bᵗ⁻¹&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Calculation for topic t : =mod(floor([[Pretext]]/topicvalue(t)),b)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131168</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131168"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T15:09:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz (which is set at 90 909 by default) and the maximum &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is 99 999 by default). With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Larger numbers of topics or questions per topic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131167</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131167"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T15:08:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/1),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 9 quiz questions per topic (not 10, otherwise you could not tell the difference between 10 correct answers at 1 point each and 1 correct answer at 10 points each).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum number of topics depends on the number of questions per topic and is limited by both the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; for the quiz (which is set at 90 909 by default) and the maximum &#039;&#039;&#039;Total of marks&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is 99 999 by default). With 9 questions per topic, these limits allow a maximum of 4 sections. See below for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131166</id>
		<title>Quiz Subscores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Quiz_Subscores&amp;diff=131166"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T15:07:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Moodle users sometimes ask how to extract subscores or subtotals from Quiz. For examples, see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35637 Multiple grade quizzes], [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51850 Quiz with sub-totaled sections?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=371767 Moodle Quiz Subscores].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a method to extract subscores from Quiz (or any other Moodle activity that allows you to set different point values per question), without requiring any changes to Moodle code. It is a bit complex, but it does work. However, this method is only useful if you don&#039;t plan to use or display the final Quiz score, but you only want to display and use the subscores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is based on the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation modulo operation] and Floor function [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions (Definitions of functions)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 1: Create Quiz and set values of Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start by creating a quiz as usual. However, for each subscore you want to extract, you will need to set the values of questions for that subscore to an order of magnitude matching that subscore. This is easiest to understand with an example. Suppose you are creating a test that will contain questions from three areas: Mathematics, Language, and History. In this example, Mathematics is Topic 1, Language is Topic 2, and History is Topic 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each topic, use a different point value for each question in that topic. For Topic 1 (Mathematics), each question is worth 1 point. For Topic 2 (Language), each question is worth 10 points. For Topic 3 (History), each question is worth 100 points. (Note that this is going to make your final quiz score meaningless.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: set the total points of the quiz to the same as the total of all the questions. Otherwise, the Quiz will change its scores based on whatever you set as the maximum number of points for the Quiz, and your calculations in later steps won&#039;t work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also need to give the Quiz activity an ID number that you will be able to remember later. In this example we will use &amp;quot;Pretest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step 2: Create Grade Items for each topic ==&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create one new [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_items#Manual_grade_items Manual Grade Item] for each of your Topics. &#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: put these Grade Items into a separate category that does NOT have Natural Weighting as the grade aggregation method. After saving each Grade Item, you will [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations edit the Calculation] for the item directly in the item&#039;s Edit menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation looks like this (where &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Pretest]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is the ID of the quiz score you are breaking into subscores):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/topicvalue),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;quot;topicvalue&amp;quot; is the same as the number of points each question in the topic is worth in step 1. So for Topic 1, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 2, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/10),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Topic 3, the calculation is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;=mod(floor([[Pretest]]/100),10)&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Grade_calculations#Calculation_functions Definitions of functions available in Gradebook Calculations]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;mod(dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;floor(number): Maps a real number to the largest previous integer&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this does is extract the digit from the quiz grade. So Topic 1 gets the &amp;quot;ones&amp;quot; digit, topic 2 gets the &amp;quot;tens&amp;quot; digit, etc. Note that this means you can only have up to 10 topic areas, and up to 10 quiz questions per topic. It is possible to use this method for larger numbers of topics or questions per topic, but you will need to adjust the math accordingly (e.g. you could use hexidecimal values and have up to 16 topics and 16 questions per topic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you may want to test your quiz with some sample students so you can see how this looks in the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: you can aggregate these subscores at the level of the category you created for them by using any of the available aggregation methods (sum, mean, min, max, etc.) and show the result in place of the original Quiz score, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use your Subscores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you have manual grade items for each topic, and they have values you can use in [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Restrict_access controlling visibility/access] to activities. For example, set some labels to display or not display based on subscores from the first quiz. These labels can contain advisory text to students, letting them know whether they should complete a section of the course. You could also hide the section if the student has done well enough on the pretest, or show a section that is normally hidden if the student did poorly enough to need remedial material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Subpuntajes del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130744</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130744"/>
		<updated>2018-04-03T23:37:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#000000;padding:8px 20px 16px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a complete and up-to-date documentation of the Formulas question type, consult the course [https://moodleformulas.org/course/index.php?categoryid=4 &#039;&#039;&#039;MoodleFormulas&#039;&#039;&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To be allowed to take the quizzes (recommended), you must log in as &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039; with password &#039;&#039;&#039;Moodle2018#&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also log in as a guest but, by doing so, you will not be able to take the quizzes. You may also enroll yourself by creating an account; however, since this site is updated frequently, the preservation of quiz data is not guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130565</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130565"/>
		<updated>2018-03-27T22:44:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#000000;padding:8px 20px 16px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a complete and up-to-date documentation of the Formulas question type, visit [https://moodleformulas.org/course/view.php?id=22 &#039;&#039;&#039;MoodleFormulas.org&#039;&#039;&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To be allowed to take the quizzes (recommended), you must log in as &#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039; with password &#039;&#039;Moodle2018#&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also log in as a guest but, by doing so, you will not be able to take the quizzes. You may also enroll yourself by creating an account; however, since this site is updated frequently, the preservation of quiz data is not guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130564</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130564"/>
		<updated>2018-03-27T22:36:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#000000;padding:8px 20px 16px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a complete and up-to-date documentation of the Formulas question type, visit [https://moodleformulas.org/course/view.php?id=22 &#039;&#039;&#039;MoodleFormulas.org&#039;&#039;&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To be allowed to take the quizzes (recommended), you must log in as &#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039; with password &#039;&#039;Moodle2018#&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(You can also log in as a guest but, by doing so, you will not be able to take the quizzes. You may also enroll yourself by creating an account; however, since this site is updated frequently, the preservation of quiz data is not guaranteed.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130492</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130492"/>
		<updated>2018-03-21T17:02:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#000000;padding:8px 20px 16px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a complete and up-to-date documentation of the Formulas question type, visit [http://35.193.77.29/course/view.php?id=22 Moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To be allowed to take the quizzes (recommended), you must log in as &#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039; with password &#039;&#039;Moodle2018#&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(You can also log in as a guest but, by doing so, you will not be able to take the quizzes. You may also enroll yourself by creating an account; however, since this site is updated frequently, the preservation of quiz data is not guaranteed.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130489</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130489"/>
		<updated>2018-03-21T16:21:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Documentation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#000000;padding:8px 20px 16px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For complete and up-to-date documentation on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type, visit this [http://35.193.77.29/course/view.php?id=22 &#039;&#039;&#039;Moodle site&#039;&#039;&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To be allowed to take the quizzes (recommended), you must log in as &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039; with password &#039;&#039;&#039;Moodle2018#&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(You can also log in as a guest but, by doing so, you will not be able to take the quizzes. You may also enroll yourself by creating an account; however, since this site is updated frequently, the preservation of quiz data is not guaranteed.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130205</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130205"/>
		<updated>2018-02-27T16:33:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: Undo revision 130204 by Dbauer-ets (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For complete and up-to-date documentation on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type, visit this [http://35.193.77.29/course/view.php?id=22 &#039;&#039;&#039;Moodle site&#039;&#039;&#039;] (log in as guest or as &#039;student&#039; with password &#039;Moodle2018#&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130204</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130204"/>
		<updated>2018-02-27T16:29:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type =  Third-party question type&lt;br /&gt;
|set = Author : [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1069069&amp;amp;course=5 Hon Wai Lau]&lt;br /&gt;
|entry = [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_formulas Formulas question type]&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = [https://tracker.moodle.org/issues/?jql=project%20%3D%20CONTRIB%20AND%20component%20%3D%20%22Question%20type%3A%20Formulas%22 Tracker issues]&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = See below.&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 Jean-Michel Védrine]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = left&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Formulas question type}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;margin:-80px 0 0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:2px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As there is no or little difference in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type plugin for recent versions of Moodle (2.0 and above), the documentation for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type has been moved to one location (the present page).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:5px 8px 5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The documentation herein applies to all recent versions of Moodle&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Complete documentation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The documentation for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type is based on that of [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/wikis/Documentation.wiki &#039;&#039;&#039;Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original project&#039;&#039;&#039;] available on Google Code Archive). The content has been slightly modified and updated to match &#039;&#039;&#039;Moodle 2.0&#039;&#039;&#039; and up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the navigation menu on the right in order to access the different pages of the documentation. You can also use the links in the [[:Category:Formulas question type|&#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type category&#039;&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#3a87ad;0px;padding:8px;border:1px solid #bce8f1;border-radius:4px;margin:0;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:2px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note to the MoodleDocs administrator.&#039;&#039;&#039; In order to differentiate them from the other pages of MoodleDocs, the name of the pages relating to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type is prefixed with &#039;Formulas:_&#039;. Since this prefix is only part of the name of the page, it does not affect the management of the MoodleDocs pages and does not seem contraindicated.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Examples=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background-color:#d3ffd3;&lt;br /&gt;
            border:1px solid #abdaac;&lt;br /&gt;
            border-radius:4px;&lt;br /&gt;
            color:#4f691a;&lt;br /&gt;
            padding:5px 15px 10px;&lt;br /&gt;
            margin: 15px 0 15px;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Play it&#039;&#039;&#039; buttons to play the examples. You can also download the questions file (Moodle XML format) from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Play it&#039;&#039;&#039; site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:15px 0 20px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:#f98012;box-shadow: 0 5px 10px #cbcbcb;border: none;color:white;padding: 8px 16px;text-align:center;text-decoration: none;cursor:pointer;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://35.193.77.29/ &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:white;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Play it &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;   &#039;&#039;&#039;Play it&#039;&#039;&#039; site&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:120%;color:black;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Login info:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#000000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Login as &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039; with password &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Moodle2018#&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:10px 0 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tip&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ctrl+Shift+Click&#039;&#039;&#039; button to open link in a new foreground tab&lt;br /&gt;
You may also&lt;br /&gt;
* Ctrl+Click button to open link in a new background tab&lt;br /&gt;
* Shift+Click button to open link in a new window&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the original examples in [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/wikis/Documentation.wiki &#039;&#039;&#039;Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original project&#039;&#039;&#039; ] can be found in the file called  &#039;sample-formulas-questions.xml&#039; (Moodle XML format) located in the &#039;moodle/question/type/formulas/sample&#039; folder. Use the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Import_questions|Import questions]]&#039;&#039;&#039; option to put them into your &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Question_bank|Question bank]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and see how they work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Features=&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Random values&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each student can receive questions with unique values and wording.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple subquestions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Multiple subquestions can be made to share the same set of random variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple answers&#039;&#039;&#039;. Multiple answer boxes can be used for one subquestion.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Different answer types&#039;&#039;&#039;. Both numerical answers with units and algebraic answers can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading criterion&#039;&#039;&#039;. In addition to simple absolute error, responses from students can be graded using any formula.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Units&#039;&#039;&#039;. Supports units and SI unit conversions. SI units with different SI prefixes are accepted using a built-in conversion rule.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple trials&#039;&#039;&#039;. A finite or infinite number of trials can be specified for each subquestion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type is for you!=&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type is a plugin for Moodle with random values and multiple answer fields. The answer fields can be placed anywhere in the question so that you can create questions involving various answer structures such as coordinate, polynomial, matrix, etc. Other features such as unit checking and multiple subquestions are also available. These functionalities can simplify the creation of questions in many fields related to mathematics, numbers and units, such as physics and engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are dealing with problems such as those described below, then the Formulas question type is for you! Take, for example, a problem in structural engineering that may involve several parameters with a number of specific values such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;width: 97%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Parameter:                      Possible values:&lt;br /&gt;
Bolt diameter (mm)              16, 20, 22, 24, 27, 30, 36&lt;br /&gt;
Plate thickness (mm)            16, 20, 25, 35, 40, 50&lt;br /&gt;
Steel strength (MPa)            300, 345, 350, 380&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete strength (MPa)         20, 25, 30&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcing bar diameter (mm)   9.5, 12.7, 15.9, 19.1, 22.2, 25.4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A question that involves the five parameters, each with their possible values, has 7 x 6 x 4 x 3 x 6 = 3024 permutations (assuming here that they are all valid), much more than the limit of 100 in the Calculated question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even a simple question in basic mathematics can have a large number of permutations. The following one has 5 x 5 x 8 = 200 permutations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;width: 97%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Find the value of x = a*(b + c)&lt;br /&gt;
where&lt;br /&gt;
  • a is an odd number between and including 1 and 9&lt;br /&gt;
  • b is an even number between and including 2 and 10&lt;br /&gt;
  • c is an integer value between and including 1 to 3 or 7 to 11&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of question can be easily created using the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039;. To create the question, you would enter the sets of numbers in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Random variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;width: 97%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Variables&lt;br /&gt;
  Random variables    a = {1:10:2};&lt;br /&gt;
                      b = {2:11:2};&lt;br /&gt;
                      c = {1, 2, 3, 7:12};&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that sets of numbers can be in the format &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{start:stop:interval}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, for example &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1:10:2}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{2:11:2}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;. (The stop value is not included in the set and the interval is set to 1 when not specified). Sets of numbers can also be in the format of a list such as &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1,2,3}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; for the set of numbers 1, 2 and 3. They can even be in a combination of the two formats, such as &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1, 2, 3, 7:12}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an attempt is started, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will take a value drawn from the corresponding set at random. If you want, you can define other variables as a function of the random ones in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field. For instance, if you need the value of &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a&amp;amp;nbsp;+ 2*b&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; somewhere in your question (that is the main question, subquestions, hints and feedbacks), just define a new variable, say &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;width: 97%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Variables&lt;br /&gt;
  Global variables    d = a + 2*b;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have defined your variables, you can display them by putting them in curly braces, i.e. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{a}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{b}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{c}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{d}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, anywhere in the question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another advantage of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is that a Formulas question can have several subquestions, called &#039;&#039;&#039;parts&#039;&#039;&#039;, that can share the same variables. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; also has a complete system of units that is quite useful for physics and engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is very powerful and permits the making of a wide range of questions. Although mastering all its possibilities require some practice, the basics can be learned quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background-color:#d3ffd3;&lt;br /&gt;
            border:1px solid #abdaac;&lt;br /&gt;
            border-radius:4px;&lt;br /&gt;
            color:#4f691a;&lt;br /&gt;
            padding:5px 15px 5px;&lt;br /&gt;
            margin: 15px 0 0;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you begin to master the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type, you will realize how easy it is to use, and how effective and complete it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Acknowledgments=&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question was written by [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1069069&amp;amp;course=5 &#039;&#039;&#039;Hon Wai Lau&#039;&#039;&#039;] in about one year during 2009 and 2010, after his Master studies in Physics at the [http://www.ust.hk/ &#039;&#039;&#039;Hong Kong University of Science and Technology&#039;&#039;&#039;]. In 2012, Hon Wai Lau was invited by the Complexity Science Group, [https://phas.ucalgary.ca/ &#039;&#039;&#039;Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Calgary&#039;&#039;&#039;], Alberta, Canada. [http://contacts.ucalgary.ca/info/phas/profiles/486-199817 &#039;&#039;&#039;He has obtained his Ph.D. degree in 2017&#039;&#039;&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hon Wai Lau&#039;s Formulas question original project can be found on [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/ &#039;&#039;&#039;Google Code Archive&#039;&#039;&#039;]. Note that the initial name &#039;Coordinate question &#039; was later changed to &#039;Formulas question&#039;. Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original Formulas question is compatible with Moodle 1.9 and 2.0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question was upgraded to the new question engine, introduced in Moodle 2.1, by [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 &#039;&#039;&#039;Jean-Michel Védrine&#039;&#039;&#039;], professor of Statistics and Computing at  the Institut Universitaire de Technologie in Saint-Étienne, France. The upgraded version of the Formulas question is compatible with Moodle 2.3 and later versions, currently up to Moodle 3.4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maintainer(s)=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 &#039;&#039;&#039;Jean-Michel Védrine&#039;&#039;&#039;] has maintained the Formulas question type plugin until 2017. He is now back in force for 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is a Moodle plugin, so you or your Administrator must &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Installing_plugins|install]]&#039;&#039;&#039; it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to installing the Formulas question though, you need to install &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Installing_plugins|install another plugin]]&#039;&#039;&#039;, that is Tim Hunt&#039;s adaptive multipart behaviour, [https://github.com/maths/moodle-qbehaviour_&#039;&#039;&#039;adaptivemultipart  available from GitHub&#039;&#039;&#039;] or [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qbehaviour_&#039;&#039;&#039;adaptivemultipart from the Moodle Plugins directory&#039;&#039;&#039;]. Note that you need version 3.3 or newer of this behaviour, because the Formulas question will not work with previous versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then install the Formulas question either from the Moodle Plugins directory, from GitHub or from a zip file:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing from the Moodle Plugins directory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is available from [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_formulas &#039;&#039;&#039;the Moodle Plugins directory&#039;&#039;&#039;]. Install the Formulas question as any other Moodle question type plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing from GitHub===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is available at [https://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas &#039;&#039;&#039;the author&#039;s Github repository&#039;&#039;&#039;]. To install the question, type the following commands in the root of your Moodle install:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;width: 97.9%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
git clone git://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas.git question/type/formulas echo &#039;/question/type/formulas/&#039; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; .git/info/exclude&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing from a zip file===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download the zip file [https://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas &#039;&#039;&#039;from GitHub&#039;&#039;&#039;]. Unzip the file in the &#039;question/type&#039; folder and then rename the new folder to &#039;formulas&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Moodle Tracker=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Date&lt;br /&gt;
! Author&lt;br /&gt;
! Title and link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-08-27&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-2312?focusedCommentId=91437&amp;amp;page=com.atlassian.jira.plugin.system.issuetabpanels%3Acomment-tabpanel New question type: Formulas]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-12-17&lt;br /&gt;
| Tikva&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-6068?jql=text%20~%20%22Formulas%20question%20type%22 Formulas question type does not support expressions calculation]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-14&lt;br /&gt;
| Renaat Debleu&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-6381 Formulas question type does not support local number formatting]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Forum discussions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Date&lt;br /&gt;
! Author&lt;br /&gt;
! Title and link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-08-15&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=155989 New question type: coordinates]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-11-30&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=163345 Formulas question type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2011-07-12&lt;br /&gt;
| Jean-Michel Védrine&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=181049 Formulas question type for Moodle 2.0]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | Formulas page 24&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-05-31&lt;br /&gt;
| George Franz&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=314444 Multiple fill-in-the-blanks graded together]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-11-26&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=323859 An experience on training teachers...]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-03&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=334158 A CHECK button for each part (for multipart question &amp;amp; adaptive behaviour)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-13&lt;br /&gt;
| Peter Halverson&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=334654 Formulas questions errors after 2.9 to 3.1 upgrade]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-12&lt;br /&gt;
| Alessandro Bucca&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336340 quiz Formulas plugin]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-14&lt;br /&gt;
| Matthias Giger&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336476 Formulas: Using gcd()]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-27&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=337065 Where is the &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; button in the code?]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-30&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=337254 Format check initialization fail]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-09-21&lt;br /&gt;
| florian tobé&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=340150 Create units conversion exercises]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-10-23&lt;br /&gt;
| Jarrod McCombie&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=341890 Lab Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-11-24&lt;br /&gt;
| Godfrey Sovis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=343480 Algebra and Formulas qtypes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-12-01&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=343789 PHP error in Formulas question]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-01-02&lt;br /&gt;
| Kalyan Chatterjea&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=345107 Formulas Question Type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-01-05&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=345283 Grading criteria checkbox not displayed in Boost theme]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-02-11&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=347383 Suggestion to improve the input format for units]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-05-09&lt;br /&gt;
| Miro Iliaš&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=349063 Algebra expression validator for calculated questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-07-10&lt;br /&gt;
| Jonas Ceponis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=355187 Text as an answer to calculated questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-07-26&lt;br /&gt;
| shahin k&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=356013 Dependent answers in two-part questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-08-09&lt;br /&gt;
| lucia liljegren&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=356627 Formulas question: size of entry box]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-10-04&lt;br /&gt;
| Maurício Reis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=359539 Formulas Type Question Maintenance]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-12-11&lt;br /&gt;
| lucia liljegren&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=362817 Formula Question: Mixing text and numbers in answer]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-12-12&lt;br /&gt;
| François Lizotte&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=362854 Feedback in Formulas question type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2018-01-21&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=364379 Follow up on &amp;quot;Grading criteria checkbox not displayed in Boost theme&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2018-01-26&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=364713 Trial mark sequence (Formulas question)]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Translations available=&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question plugin is available in the following langages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
* Spanish (Mexican)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top|Back to top of page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=In other languages=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/all/es/Tipo_de_pregunta_F%C3%B3rmulas Español]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Question_de_type_Formules Français]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta Fórmulas]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr: Question de type Formules]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130065</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130065"/>
		<updated>2018-02-03T22:12:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Documentation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For complete and up-to-date documentation on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type, visit this [http://35.193.77.29/course/view.php?id=22 &#039;&#039;&#039;Moodle site&#039;&#039;&#039;] (log in as guest or as &#039;student&#039; with password &#039;Moodle2018#&#039;).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130064</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130064"/>
		<updated>2018-02-03T22:03:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Documentation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For complete and up-to-date documentation on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas&#039;&#039;&#039; question type, visit this [http://35.193.77.29/course/view.php?id=22 &#039;&#039;&#039;Moodle site&#039;&#039;&#039;] (log in as &#039;student&#039;, password &#039;Moodle2018#&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130022</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=130022"/>
		<updated>2018-02-01T01:46:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129889</id>
		<title>Formulas question tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129889"/>
		<updated>2018-01-22T01:17:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:2px 6px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:22px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;↪&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas:_Tutorial &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Formulas: Turorial &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Click here to be redirected instantly&#039;&#039;]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129888</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129888"/>
		<updated>2018-01-22T01:15:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:2px 6px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:22px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;↪&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas_question_type &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Formulas question type &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Click here to be redirected instantly&#039;&#039;]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129887</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129887"/>
		<updated>2018-01-22T01:14:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:2px 6px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:22px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;↪&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas_question_type &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Formulas question type  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Click here to be redirected instantly&#039;&#039;]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129886</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129886"/>
		<updated>2018-01-22T01:11:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:2px 6px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:22px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;↪&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas_question_type &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Formulas question type&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; - &#039;&#039;Click here to be redirected instantly&#039;&#039;]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129885</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129885"/>
		<updated>2018-01-22T00:57:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:2px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas_question_type Formulas question type]&#039;&#039;&#039;  ←&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;click the link to be redirected instantly&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129884</id>
		<title>Formulas question tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129884"/>
		<updated>2018-01-21T23:27:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129883</id>
		<title>Formulas question tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129883"/>
		<updated>2018-01-21T23:26:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: Redirected page to https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas: Tutorial&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas:_Tutorial]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129882</id>
		<title>Formulas question tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129882"/>
		<updated>2018-01-21T23:24:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: Replaced content with &amp;quot;#REDIRECT [https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas:_Tutorial]&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas:_Tutorial]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129854</id>
		<title>Formulas question tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129854"/>
		<updated>2018-01-14T21:48:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#3a87ad;0px;padding:8px;border:1px solid #bce8f1;border-radius:4px;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:2px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page has been moved to  &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas:_Tutorial Formulas: Tutorial]&#039;&#039;&#039;  ←&#039;&#039;click the link&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;0px;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:0px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;As there is no or little difference in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin for recent versions of Moodle (2.0 and above), the documentation for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; has been moved to one location ([https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas_question_type 3.3 docs]). Note that this documentation applies to all recent versions of Moodle including the current Moodle 3.4.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Delete this page if it is no longer used.&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Installing_plugins&amp;diff=129830</id>
		<title>Installing plugins</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Installing_plugins&amp;diff=129830"/>
		<updated>2018-01-10T00:51:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* See also */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Installing Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Why install additional plugins?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plugins enable you to add additional features and functionality to Moodle, such as new activities, new quiz question types, new reports, integrations with other systems and many more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Certain hosting solutions, such as [https://moodle.com/cloud/ MoodleCloud], prevent plugins being installed from within Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Choosing the best plugins for your site==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: It is recommended that you proceed with caution and always try installing these plugins in a local experimental server before installing them in a production server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle has a [https://moodle.org/plugins/report/index.php?report=favourites&amp;amp;p=0&amp;amp;l=50&amp;amp;s=favourited&amp;amp;d=DESC list of the most favourite plugins], which might be worth considering for adding to your site :)&lt;br /&gt;
* You can find the plugins with the largest number of downloads in the last three months at [https://moodle.org/plugins/stats.php https://moodle.org/plugins/stats.php]. These are the plugins most likely to be most useful for most sites. It would probably be a good idea to consider them first.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can test and try more than 50 of the most popular Moodle plugins at [http://plugins.moodlebites.com plugins.moodlebites.com]&lt;br /&gt;
* See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=325804 list of (year 2015) favorite plugins] by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle has a list of plugins that have received the [https://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=award&amp;amp;id=1 Reviewers&#039; choice award]. These are given by the plugins guardians and reviewers for particularly useful, well coded or otherwise interesting plugins. &lt;br /&gt;
* If your Moodle site needs assessment beyond the sixteen [https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Question_types#Standard_question_types standard question types included in Moodle core], see the many (49 in 2017) available [https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Third-party_question_types third party question types].&lt;br /&gt;
* Special cases:&lt;br /&gt;
** All plugins with &#039;&#039;mobile&#039;&#039; in their name, are related to [https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Moodle_Mobile mobile devices].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Elementary school teaching===&lt;br /&gt;
You might consider some plugins for [[Gamification|gamification]], such as the [https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_quizgame Quizventure].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plugins for K-12 teaching===&lt;br /&gt;
For [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/K%E2%80%9312 K-12] teaching and learning environments, please consider installing the plugins that are included in the [https://moodle.com/cloud/school/?utm_source=Sendy&amp;amp;utm_medium=Email&amp;amp;utm_campaign=Newsletter_July2016 Moodle for School at MoodleCloud]: &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_attendance Attendance]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://bigbluebutton.org/ BigBlueButton]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_checklist Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/atto_chemistry Chemistry editor]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_choicegroup Group choice]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/block_xp Level up!]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_quizgame Quizventure]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/tinymce_wordcount Word count]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plugins for University teaching===&lt;br /&gt;
For universities, there is a [https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Tertiary_education#Moodle_plugins_by.2Ffor_Universities list of plugins by/for Universities], and a [https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/Tertiary_education#Discipline-specific_plugins link to discipline-specific plugins], which might be worth considering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Considerations for production sites (skip if you&#039;re just moodling) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VERY IMPORTANT&#039;&#039;&#039; Warning: Please be aware that some plugins have not been reviewed, and the quality and/or suitability for your Moodle site has not been checked. Please be careful. It may not do what you expect, it may have serious security issues or it may even not work at all. This is however improving over time with the evolving new plugins directory system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a large site for production purposes consider if you &#039;&#039;&#039;really&#039;&#039;&#039; need the plugin? More functionality means more things to support, more things to (potentially) go wrong and more things to worry about at upgrade time. &lt;br /&gt;
* Is the plugin supported and maintained? If something goes wrong can you get support? Will bugs be fixed?&lt;br /&gt;
* If the plugin does not work in a future version of Moodle, what will you do about it?&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of &#039;&#039;patches&#039;&#039; ([https://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&amp;amp;id=38 Moodle Plugins Directory Other category]) ! If a plugin modifies or replaces core files then be very careful. It can only be guaranteed to work with the exact build (version) of Moodle it was created for and is highly unlikely to survive a Moodle upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look at [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=340821#p1373707 this] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=346296 also this] forum threads of users worried about installing a plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing a plugin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To install a plugin, its source code must be put (deployed) into the appropriate location inside the Moodle installation directory and the main administration page &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Notifications&#039;&#039; must be visited. There are three ways how the plugin code can be deployed into Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plugin code may be deployed from within Moodle, either directly from the Moodle plugins directory or by uploading a ZIP file. The web server process has to have write access to the plugin type folder where the new plugin is to be installed in order to use either of these methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, a plugin may be deployed manually at the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing directly from the Moodle plugins directory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Login as an admin and go to &#039;&#039;Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Install plugins&#039;&#039;. (If you can&#039;t find this location, then plugin installation is prevented on your site.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button &#039;Install plugins from Moodle plugins directory&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for a plugin with an Install button, click the Install button then click Continue.&lt;br /&gt;
# Confirm the installation request&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the plugin validation report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing via uploaded ZIP file===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the [https://moodle.org/plugins Moodle plugins directory], select your current Moodle version, then choose a plugin with a Download button and download the ZIP file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Login to your Moodle site as an admin and go to &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Install plugins&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the ZIP file. You should only be prompted to add extra details (in the Show more section) if your plugin is not automatically detected.&lt;br /&gt;
# If your target directory is not writeable, you will see a warning message.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the plugin validation report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:plugin1.png|thumb|Install plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:add-on package validation.png|thumb|Plugin package validation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing manually at the server===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can&#039;t deploy the plugin code via the administration web interface, you have to copy it to the server file system manually (e.g. if the web server process does not have write access to the Moodle installation tree to do this for you).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, establish the correct place in the Moodle code tree for the plugin type. Common locations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* /path/to/moodle/theme/ - themes&lt;br /&gt;
* /path/to/moodle/mod/ - activity modules and resources&lt;br /&gt;
* /path/to/moodle/blocks/ - sidebar blocks&lt;br /&gt;
* /path/to/moodle/question/type/ - question types&lt;br /&gt;
* /path/to/moodle/course/format/ - course formats&lt;br /&gt;
* /path/to/moodle/admin/report/ - admin reports&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[:dev:Plugins]] for the full list of all plugin types and their locations within the Moodle tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the [https://moodle.org/plugins Moodle plugins directory]; select your current Moodle version, then choose a plugin with a Download button and download the ZIP file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload or copy it to your Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
# Unzip it in the right place for the plugin type (or follow the plugin instructions). &lt;br /&gt;
# In your Moodle site (as admin) go to &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Notifications&#039;&#039; (you should, for most plugin types, get a message saying the plugin is installed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The plugin may contain language files.  They&#039;ll be found by your Moodle automatically. These language strings can be customized using the standard &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Language&#039;&#039; editing interface. If you get a &amp;quot;Database error&amp;quot; when you try to edit your language files, there is a strong chance that the language files included within the downloaded ZIP file of this plugin have a coding problem. If you delete the &#039;&#039;plugin_name/lang/other_language_different_to_English/&#039;&#039; folder with the new language strings and the database error disappears, this is indeed the case. Please notify the plugin maintainer, so that it can be fixed in future releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you obtain an error, please [[Debugging|turn debugging on]] to obtain additional information about the cause of the error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Database error while doing a language customization : May not be related to the [[Language_customisation#Database_error|Language customization]], but rather a problem with a recently installed plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;tool_installaddon/err_curl_exec - cURL error 60 : This suggests problems with the validation of the SSL certificate of the remote (moodle.org) site. This is also a known problem in Moodle Windows 7 servers running the Moodle package for Windows. See [[SSL certificate for moodle.org]] for more info and possible solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A file permissions error has occurred===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On certain 3.0.x versions, when installing plugins via the administration interface, the Moodle uses the configuration settings &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;$CFG-&amp;gt;directorypermissions&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;$CFG-&amp;gt;filepermissions&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. If these are not defined explicitly in your config.php, the default value is set automatically to 777 (rwxrwxrwx) for directories and 666 (rw-rw-rw-) for files (see lib/setup.php).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this default behaviour does not fit your needs and hosting environment, you may wish to specify more strict setting such as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 $CFG-&amp;gt;directorypermissions = 02750;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common error after installing plugins is that when you create an instance of the module and then save and display it, it reports the error, &amp;quot;A file permissions error has occurred. Please check the permissions on the script and the directory it is in and try again.&amp;quot; If you get this, the file permissions of the package are mostl likely set to 711 preventing them from running correctly. With your preferred FTP client or via your web hosts control panel, set the file permissions of all the files and directories in the installed module, e.g. /moodle/mod/[myplugin]/ to 755 and then see if you can successfully view the module instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default exception handler: Error writing to database Debug: Duplicate entry &#039;en_us-...===&lt;br /&gt;
* These errors are usually caused by a third party plugin. &lt;br /&gt;
* To find the involved plugin, go to [http://lang.moodle.org http://lang.moodle.org] and use the AMOS tool to find all the strings with the given string identifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the suspected plugin and check if the error has disappeared. If so, please contact the plugin maintainer and report this issue.&lt;br /&gt;
* Please see [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=219504 this forum thread] for known causes and fixes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===When installing manually===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the file permissions. The web server needs to be able to read the plugin files. If the the rest of Moodle works then try to make the plugin permissions and ownership match. &lt;br /&gt;
* Did you &#039;&#039;&#039;definitely&#039;&#039;&#039; unzip or install the plugin in the correct place?&lt;br /&gt;
* Because Moodle scans plugin folders for new plugins you cannot have any other files or folders there. Make sure you deleted the zip file and don&#039;t try to rename (for example) an old version of the plugin to some other name - it will break.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure the directory name for the plugin is correct. All the names &#039;&#039;&#039;have&#039;&#039;&#039; to match. If you change the name, then it won&#039;t work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Obtaining help===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask in a forum in [http://moodle.org/course/view.php?id=5 Moodle in English]. Make sure you describe your system (including versions of MySQL, PHP etc.), what you tried and what happened. Copy and paste error messages exactly. Provide the link to the version of the plugin you downloaded (some have very similar names).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Uninstalling a plugin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To uninstall a plugin&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt; Site Administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Plugins overview&#039;&#039; and click the Uninstall link opposite the plugin you wish to remove&lt;br /&gt;
# Use a file manager to remove/delete the actual plugin directory as instructed, otherwise Moodle will reinstall it next time you access the site administration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plugins overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:plugins overview.png|thumb|center|400px|Plugins overview highlighting available check button]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Plugins overview page in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site Administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Plugins overview&#039;&#039; lists all installed plugins, together with the version number,release, availability (enabled or disabled) and settings link (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;Check for available updates&#039; button enables admins to quickly check for any updates available for plugins installed on the site (from the [http://moodle.org/plugins plugins directory]). Any updates available are highlighted, with further information and a download link in the notes column opposite the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plugin updating from within Moodle===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can enable updates deployment in  &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site Administration &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; Update notifications&#039;&#039;. Then when updates are available, &#039;Install this update&#039; buttons are shown on the Plugins overview page. See [[Automatic updates deployment]] for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preventing installing plugins from within Moodle==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If required, installing and updating from within Moodle can be prevented by copying the following lines of code from config-dist.php and pasting them in config.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Use the following flag to completely disable the installation of plugins&lt;br /&gt;
// (new plugins, available updates and missing dependencies) and related&lt;br /&gt;
// features (such as cancelling the plugin installation or upgrade) via the&lt;br /&gt;
// server administration web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
$CFG-&amp;gt;disableupdateautodeploy = true;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=325804 list of (year 2015) favorite plugins] by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notifications]] for further details of update notifications&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Plugin Review Criteria]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Plugins FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle in English [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=44 General plugins forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installing Moodle from Git repository#Installing a contributed extension from its Git repository|Installing a contributed extension from its Git repository]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For developers:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[:dev:Category:Plugins|Plugins developer documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[:dev:Plugin validation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[:dev:On-click add-on installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Plugins installieren]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Instalar complementos]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Installation de plugins]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129628</id>
		<title>Formulas question tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129628"/>
		<updated>2017-12-08T17:35:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Deletion}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dominique Bauer 2017-12-08 Cleaning up.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129614</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129614"/>
		<updated>2017-12-04T17:37:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;0px;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:0px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;As there is no or little difference in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin for recent versions of Moodle (2.0 and above), the documentation for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; has been moved to one location ([https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas_question_type 3.3 docs]). Note that this documentation applies to all recent versions of Moodle including the current Moodle 3.4.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129613</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129613"/>
		<updated>2017-12-04T17:07:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;0px;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:0px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;As there is no or little difference in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin for recent versions of Moodle (2.0 and above), the documentation for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; has been moved to one location ([https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas_question_type 3.3 docs]). Note that the documentation applies to all recent versions of Moodle including the current Moodle 3.4.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129612</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129612"/>
		<updated>2017-12-04T17:03:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#faffbd;color:#000000;0px;padding:8px;border:1px solid #d9d9d9;border-radius:4px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:0px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;As there is no or little difference in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin for recent versions of Moodle (2.0 and above), the documentation for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; has been moved to one location ([https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/Formulas_question_type 3.3 docs]). Note that the documentation is valid for all recent versions of Moodle including the current Moodle 3.4.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129598</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129598"/>
		<updated>2017-12-04T16:33:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#3a87ad;padding:8px;border:1px solid #bce8f1;border-radius:4px;margin:-80px 0 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:0px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Since there is little or no difference in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin for recent versions of Moodle (2.0 and above), the documentation is placed here under the latest version (Moodle 3.4).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Complete documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following documentation is based on that of [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/wikis/Documentation.wiki Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original project ] (available on Google Code Archive). The content has been slightly modified and updated to match Moodle 2.0 and up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to access the different pages of the documentation, clik on the links below or use the [[:Category:Formulas question type | categories links]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;border:1px solid #bce8f1;border-radius:4px;padding:0px 15px 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting started===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Formulas question tutorial|Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Formulas question page|Question page]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Editing a Formulas question|Editing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Introduction|Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Part&#039;s text placeholders|Part&#039;s text placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Answer box placeholders|Answer box placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Multiple choice placeholders|Multiple choice placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Variables|Variables]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Using variables in text and text equations|Using variables in text and text equations]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Answers and marking|Answers and marking]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Writing and defining units|Writing and defining units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Systems of units|Systems of units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Marking units|Marking units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Operators|Operators]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Numerical functions|Numerical functions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Non-numerical functions|Non-numerical functions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
Once the Formulas question plugin is installed, several examples of the Formulas question can be found in the file called  &#039;sample-formulas-questions.xml&#039; located in the &#039;moodle/question/type/formulas/sample&#039; folder. Use the [[Import questions]] option (Moodle XML) to put them into your [[Question bank]] and see how they work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Random values&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each student can receive questions with unique values and wording.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple subquestions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Multiple subquestions can be made to share the same set of random variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple answers&#039;&#039;&#039;. Multiple answer boxes can be used for one subquestion.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Different answer types&#039;&#039;&#039;. Both numerical answers with units and algebraic answers can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading criterion&#039;&#039;&#039;. In addition to simple absolute error, responses from students can be graded using any formula.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Units&#039;&#039;&#039;. Supports units and SI unit conversions. SI units with different SI prefixes are accepted using a built-in conversion rule.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple trials&#039;&#039;&#039;. A finite or infinite number of trials can be specified for each subquestion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is for you!==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is a plugin for Moodle with random values and multiple answer fields. The answer fields can be placed anywhere in the question so that you can create questions involving various answer structures such as coordinate, polynomial, matrix, etc. Other features such as unit checking and multiple subquestions are also available. These functionalities can simplify the creation of questions in many fields related to mathematics, numbers and units, such as physics and engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are dealing with problems such as those described below, then the Formulas question type is for you! Take, for example, a problem in structural engineering that may involve several parameters with a number of specific values such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Parameter:                      Possible values:&lt;br /&gt;
Bolt diameter (mm)              16, 20, 22, 24, 27, 30, 36&lt;br /&gt;
Plate thickness (mm)            16, 20, 25, 35, 40, 50&lt;br /&gt;
Steel strength (MPa)            300, 345, 350, 380&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete strength (MPa)         20, 25, 30&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcing bar diameter (mm)   9.5, 12.7, 15.9, 19.1, 22.2, 25.4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A question that involves the five parameters, each with their possible values, has 7 x 6 x 4 x 3 x 6 = 3024 permutations (assuming here that they are all valid), much more than the limit of 100 in the Calculated question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even a simple question in basic mathematics can have a large number of permutations. The following one has 5 x 5 x 8 = 200 permutations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Find the value of x = a*(b + c)&lt;br /&gt;
where&lt;br /&gt;
  • a is an odd number between and including 1 and 9&lt;br /&gt;
  • b is an even number between and including 2 and 10&lt;br /&gt;
  • c is an integer value between and including 1 to 3 or 7 to 11&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of question can be easily created using the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039;. To create the question, you would enter the sets of numbers in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Random variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Variables&lt;br /&gt;
  Random variables    a = {1:10:2};&lt;br /&gt;
                      b = {2:11:2};&lt;br /&gt;
                      c = {1, 2, 3, 7:12};&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that sets of numbers can be in the format &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{start:stop:interval}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, for example &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1:10:2}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{2:11:2}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;. (The stop value is not included in the set and the interval is set to 1 when not specified). Sets of numbers can also be in the format of a list such as &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1,2,3}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; for the set of numbers 1, 2 and 3. They can even be in a combination of the two formats, such as &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1, 2, 3, 7:12}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an attempt is started, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will take a value drawn from the corresponding set at random. If you want, you can define other variables as a function of the random ones in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field. For instance, if you need the value of &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a&amp;amp;nbsp;+ 2*b&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; somewhere in your question (that is the main question, subquestions, hints and feedbacks), just define a new variable, say &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Variables&lt;br /&gt;
  Global variables    d = a + 2*b;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have defined your variables, you can display them by putting them in curly braces, i.e. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{a}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{b}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{c}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{d}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, anywhere in the question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another advantage of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is that a Formulas question can have several subquestions, called &#039;&#039;&#039;parts&#039;&#039;&#039;, that can share the same variables. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; also has a complete system of units that is quite useful for physics and engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is very powerful and permits the making of a wide range of questions. Although mastering all its possibilities require some practice, the basics can be learned quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background-color:#d3ffd3;&lt;br /&gt;
            border:1px solid #abdaac;&lt;br /&gt;
            border-radius:4px;&lt;br /&gt;
            color:#4f691a;&lt;br /&gt;
            padding:5px 15px 5px;&lt;br /&gt;
            margin: 15px 0 0;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you begin to master the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type, you will realize how easy it is to use, and how effective and complete it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Acknowledgments ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question was originally written by [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1069069&amp;amp;course=5 Hon Wai Lau] in about one year during 2009 and 2010, after his Master studies in Physics at the [http://www.ust.hk/ Hong Kong University of Science and Technology]. [http://www.ucalgary.ca/complexity/people/students/honwai In 2012,Hon Wai Lau was invited by the Complexity Science Group], Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada. [http://www.iqst.ca/people/ He is currently completing his Ph.D. studies at the Institute for Quantum Science and Technology], University of Calgary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hon Wai Lau&#039;s Formulas question original project can be found on [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/ Google Code Archive]. Note that the initial name &#039;Coordinate question &#039; was later changed to &#039;Formulas question&#039;. Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original Formulas question is compatible with Moodle 1.9 and 2.0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question was upgraded to the new question engine, introduced in Moodle 2.1, by [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 Jean-Michel Védrine], professor of Statistics and Computing at  the Institut Universitaire de Technologie in Saint-Étienne, France. The upgraded version of the Formulas question is compatible with Moodle 2.3 and later versions, currently up to Moodle 3.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintener(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 Jean-Michel Védrine] has maintained the Formulas question type plugin until 2017. Currently, no maintener is assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is a Moodle plugin, so you or your Administrator must [[Installing_plugins|install]] it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to installing the Formulas question though, you need to install [[Installing_plugins|install another plugin]], that is Tim Hunt&#039;s adaptive multipart behaviour, [https://github.com/maths/moodle-qbehaviour_adaptivemultipart  available from GitHub] or [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qbehaviour_adaptivemultipart from the Moodle Plugins directory]. Note that you need version 3.3 or newer of this behaviour, because the Formulas question will not work with previous versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then install the Formulas question either from the Moodle Plugins directory, from GitHub or from a zip file:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from the Moodle Plugins directory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is available from [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_formulas the Moodle Plugins drectory]. Install the Formulas question as any other Moodle question type plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from GitHub&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is available at [https://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas the author&#039;s Github repository]. To install the question, type the following commands in the root of your Moodle install:&lt;br /&gt;
   git clone git://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas.git question/type/formulas echo &#039;/question/type/formulas/&#039; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; .git/info/exclude&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from a zip file&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download the zip file [https://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas from GitHub]. Unzip the file in the &#039;question/type&#039; folder and then rename the new folder to &#039;formulas&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle Tracker==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Date&lt;br /&gt;
! Author&lt;br /&gt;
! Title and link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-08-27&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-2312?focusedCommentId=91437&amp;amp;page=com.atlassian.jira.plugin.system.issuetabpanels%3Acomment-tabpanel New question type: Formulas]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-12-17&lt;br /&gt;
| Tikva&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-6068?jql=text%20~%20%22Formulas%20question%20type%22 Formulas question type does not support expressions calculation]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-14&lt;br /&gt;
| Renaat Debleu&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-6381 Formulas question type does not support local number formatting]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Forum discussions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Date&lt;br /&gt;
! Author&lt;br /&gt;
! Title and link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-08-15&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=155989 New question type: coordinates]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-11-30&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=163345 Formulas question type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2011-07-12&lt;br /&gt;
| Jean-Michel Védrine&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=181049 Formulas question type for Moodle 2.0]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | Formulas page 24&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-05-31&lt;br /&gt;
| George Franz&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=314444 Multiple fill-in-the-blanks graded together]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-11-26&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=323859 An experience on training teachers...]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-03&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=334158 A CHECK button for each part (for multipart question &amp;amp; adaptive behaviour)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-13&lt;br /&gt;
| Peter Halverson&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=334654 Formulas questions errors after 2.9 to 3.1 upgrade]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-12&lt;br /&gt;
| Alessandro Bucca&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336340 quiz Formulas plugin]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-14&lt;br /&gt;
| Matthias Giger&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336476 Formulas: Using gcd()]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-27&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=337065 Where is the &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; button in the code?]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-30&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=337254 Format check initialization fail]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-09-21&lt;br /&gt;
| florian tobé&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=340150 Create units conversion exercises]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-10-23&lt;br /&gt;
| Jarrod McCombie&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=341890 Lab Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-11-24&lt;br /&gt;
| Godfrey Sovis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=343480 Algebra and Formulas qtypes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-12-01&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=343789 PHP error in Formulas question]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-01-02&lt;br /&gt;
| Kalyan Chatterjea&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=345107 Formulas Question Type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-01-05&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=345283 Grading criteria checkbox not displayed in Boost theme]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-02-11&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=347383 Suggestion to improve the input format for units]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-05-09&lt;br /&gt;
| Miro Iliaš&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=349063 Algebra expression validator for calculated questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-07-10&lt;br /&gt;
| Jonas Ceponis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=355187 Text as an answer to calculated questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-07-26&lt;br /&gt;
| shahin k&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=356013 Dependent answers in two-part questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-08-09&lt;br /&gt;
| lucia liljegren&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=356627 Formulas question: size of entry box]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-10-04&lt;br /&gt;
| Maurício Reis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=359539# Formulas Type Question Maintenance]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translations available==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question plugin is available in the following langages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
* Spanish (Mexican)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129595</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129595"/>
		<updated>2017-12-04T16:29:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Complete documentation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#3a87ad;padding:8px;border:1px solid #bce8f1;border-radius:4px;margin:-80px 0 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:0px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Since there is little or no difference in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin for recent versions of Moodle (2.0 and above), the documentation is placed here under the latest version (Moodle 3.3).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Complete documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following documentation is based on that of [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/wikis/Documentation.wiki Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original project ] (available on Google Code Archive). The content has been slightly modified and updated to match Moodle 2.0 and up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to access the different pages of the documentation, clik on the links below or use the [[:Category:Formulas question type | categories links]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;border:1px solid #bce8f1;border-radius:4px;padding:0px 15px 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting started===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Formulas question tutorial|Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Formulas question page|Question page]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Editing a Formulas question|Editing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Introduction|Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Part&#039;s text placeholders|Part&#039;s text placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Answer box placeholders|Answer box placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Multiple choice placeholders|Multiple choice placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Variables|Variables]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Using variables in text and text equations|Using variables in text and text equations]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Answers and marking|Answers and marking]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Writing and defining units|Writing and defining units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Systems of units|Systems of units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Marking units|Marking units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Operators|Operators]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Numerical functions|Numerical functions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Non-numerical functions|Non-numerical functions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
Once the Formulas question plugin is installed, several examples of the Formulas question can be found in the file called  &#039;sample-formulas-questions.xml&#039; located in the &#039;moodle/question/type/formulas/sample&#039; folder. Use the [[Import questions]] option (Moodle XML) to put them into your [[Question bank]] and see how they work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Random values&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each student can receive questions with unique values and wording.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple subquestions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Multiple subquestions can be made to share the same set of random variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple answers&#039;&#039;&#039;. Multiple answer boxes can be used for one subquestion.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Different answer types&#039;&#039;&#039;. Both numerical answers with units and algebraic answers can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading criterion&#039;&#039;&#039;. In addition to simple absolute error, responses from students can be graded using any formula.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Units&#039;&#039;&#039;. Supports units and SI unit conversions. SI units with different SI prefixes are accepted using a built-in conversion rule.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple trials&#039;&#039;&#039;. A finite or infinite number of trials can be specified for each subquestion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is for you!==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is a plugin for Moodle with random values and multiple answer fields. The answer fields can be placed anywhere in the question so that you can create questions involving various answer structures such as coordinate, polynomial, matrix, etc. Other features such as unit checking and multiple subquestions are also available. These functionalities can simplify the creation of questions in many fields related to mathematics, numbers and units, such as physics and engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are dealing with problems such as those described below, then the Formulas question type is for you! Take, for example, a problem in structural engineering that may involve several parameters with a number of specific values such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Parameter:                      Possible values:&lt;br /&gt;
Bolt diameter (mm)              16, 20, 22, 24, 27, 30, 36&lt;br /&gt;
Plate thickness (mm)            16, 20, 25, 35, 40, 50&lt;br /&gt;
Steel strength (MPa)            300, 345, 350, 380&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete strength (MPa)         20, 25, 30&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcing bar diameter (mm)   9.5, 12.7, 15.9, 19.1, 22.2, 25.4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A question that involves the five parameters, each with their possible values, has 7 x 6 x 4 x 3 x 6 = 3024 permutations (assuming here that they are all valid), much more than the limit of 100 in the Calculated question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even a simple question in basic mathematics can have a large number of permutations. The following one has 5 x 5 x 8 = 200 permutations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Find the value of x = a*(b + c)&lt;br /&gt;
where&lt;br /&gt;
  • a is an odd number between and including 1 and 9&lt;br /&gt;
  • b is an even number between and including 2 and 10&lt;br /&gt;
  • c is an integer value between and including 1 to 3 or 7 to 11&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of question can be easily created using the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039;. To create the question, you would enter the sets of numbers in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Random variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Variables&lt;br /&gt;
  Random variables    a = {1:10:2};&lt;br /&gt;
                      b = {2:11:2};&lt;br /&gt;
                      c = {1, 2, 3, 7:12};&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that sets of numbers can be in the format &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{start:stop:interval}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, for example &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1:10:2}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{2:11:2}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;. (The stop value is not included in the set and the interval is set to 1 when not specified). Sets of numbers can also be in the format of a list such as &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1,2,3}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; for the set of numbers 1, 2 and 3. They can even be in a combination of the two formats, such as &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1, 2, 3, 7:12}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an attempt is started, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will take a value drawn from the corresponding set at random. If you want, you can define other variables as a function of the random ones in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field. For instance, if you need the value of &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a&amp;amp;nbsp;+ 2*b&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; somewhere in your question (that is the main question, subquestions, hints and feedbacks), just define a new variable, say &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Variables&lt;br /&gt;
  Global variables    d = a + 2*b;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have defined your variables, you can display them by putting them in curly braces, i.e. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{a}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{b}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{c}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{d}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, anywhere in the question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another advantage of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is that a Formulas question can have several subquestions, called &#039;&#039;&#039;parts&#039;&#039;&#039;, that can share the same variables. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; also has a complete system of units that is quite useful for physics and engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is very powerful and permits the making of a wide range of questions. Although mastering all its possibilities require some practice, the basics can be learned quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background-color:#d3ffd3;&lt;br /&gt;
            border:1px solid #abdaac;&lt;br /&gt;
            border-radius:4px;&lt;br /&gt;
            color:#4f691a;&lt;br /&gt;
            padding:5px 15px 5px;&lt;br /&gt;
            margin: 15px 0 0;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you begin to master the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type, you will realize how easy it is to use, and how effective and complete it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Acknowledgments ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question was originally written by [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1069069&amp;amp;course=5 Hon Wai Lau] in about one year during 2009 and 2010, after his Master studies in Physics at the [http://www.ust.hk/ Hong Kong University of Science and Technology]. [http://www.ucalgary.ca/complexity/people/students/honwai In 2012,Hon Wai Lau was invited by the Complexity Science Group], Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada. [http://www.iqst.ca/people/ He is currently completing his Ph.D. studies at the Institute for Quantum Science and Technology], University of Calgary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hon Wai Lau&#039;s Formulas question original project can be found on [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/ Google Code Archive]. Note that the initial name &#039;Coordinate question &#039; was later changed to &#039;Formulas question&#039;. Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original Formulas question is compatible with Moodle 1.9 and 2.0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question was upgraded to the new question engine, introduced in Moodle 2.1, by [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 Jean-Michel Védrine], professor of Statistics and Computing at  the Institut Universitaire de Technologie in Saint-Étienne, France. The upgraded version of the Formulas question is compatible with Moodle 2.3 and later versions, currently up to Moodle 3.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintener(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 Jean-Michel Védrine] has maintained the Formulas question type plugin until 2017. Currently, no maintener is assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is a Moodle plugin, so you or your Administrator must [[Installing_plugins|install]] it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to installing the Formulas question though, you need to install [[Installing_plugins|install another plugin]], that is Tim Hunt&#039;s adaptive multipart behaviour, [https://github.com/maths/moodle-qbehaviour_adaptivemultipart  available from GitHub] or [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qbehaviour_adaptivemultipart from the Moodle Plugins directory]. Note that you need version 3.3 or newer of this behaviour, because the Formulas question will not work with previous versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then install the Formulas question either from the Moodle Plugins directory, from GitHub or from a zip file:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from the Moodle Plugins directory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is available from [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_formulas the Moodle Plugins drectory]. Install the Formulas question as any other Moodle question type plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from GitHub&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is available at [https://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas the author&#039;s Github repository]. To install the question, type the following commands in the root of your Moodle install:&lt;br /&gt;
   git clone git://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas.git question/type/formulas echo &#039;/question/type/formulas/&#039; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; .git/info/exclude&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from a zip file&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download the zip file [https://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas from GitHub]. Unzip the file in the &#039;question/type&#039; folder and then rename the new folder to &#039;formulas&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle Tracker==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Date&lt;br /&gt;
! Author&lt;br /&gt;
! Title and link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-08-27&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-2312?focusedCommentId=91437&amp;amp;page=com.atlassian.jira.plugin.system.issuetabpanels%3Acomment-tabpanel New question type: Formulas]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-12-17&lt;br /&gt;
| Tikva&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-6068?jql=text%20~%20%22Formulas%20question%20type%22 Formulas question type does not support expressions calculation]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-14&lt;br /&gt;
| Renaat Debleu&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-6381 Formulas question type does not support local number formatting]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Forum discussions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Date&lt;br /&gt;
! Author&lt;br /&gt;
! Title and link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-08-15&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=155989 New question type: coordinates]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-11-30&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=163345 Formulas question type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2011-07-12&lt;br /&gt;
| Jean-Michel Védrine&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=181049 Formulas question type for Moodle 2.0]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | Formulas page 24&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-05-31&lt;br /&gt;
| George Franz&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=314444 Multiple fill-in-the-blanks graded together]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-11-26&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=323859 An experience on training teachers...]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-03&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=334158 A CHECK button for each part (for multipart question &amp;amp; adaptive behaviour)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-13&lt;br /&gt;
| Peter Halverson&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=334654 Formulas questions errors after 2.9 to 3.1 upgrade]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-12&lt;br /&gt;
| Alessandro Bucca&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336340 quiz Formulas plugin]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-14&lt;br /&gt;
| Matthias Giger&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336476 Formulas: Using gcd()]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-27&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=337065 Where is the &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; button in the code?]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-30&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=337254 Format check initialization fail]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-09-21&lt;br /&gt;
| florian tobé&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=340150 Create units conversion exercises]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-10-23&lt;br /&gt;
| Jarrod McCombie&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=341890 Lab Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-11-24&lt;br /&gt;
| Godfrey Sovis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=343480 Algebra and Formulas qtypes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-12-01&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=343789 PHP error in Formulas question]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-01-02&lt;br /&gt;
| Kalyan Chatterjea&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=345107 Formulas Question Type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-01-05&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=345283 Grading criteria checkbox not displayed in Boost theme]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-02-11&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=347383 Suggestion to improve the input format for units]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-05-09&lt;br /&gt;
| Miro Iliaš&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=349063 Algebra expression validator for calculated questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-07-10&lt;br /&gt;
| Jonas Ceponis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=355187 Text as an answer to calculated questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-07-26&lt;br /&gt;
| shahin k&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=356013 Dependent answers in two-part questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-08-09&lt;br /&gt;
| lucia liljegren&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=356627 Formulas question: size of entry box]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-10-04&lt;br /&gt;
| Maurício Reis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=359539# Formulas Type Question Maintenance]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translations available==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question plugin is available in the following langages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
* Spanish (Mexican)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129594</id>
		<title>Formulas question type</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_type&amp;diff=129594"/>
		<updated>2017-12-04T16:08:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#d9edf7;color:#3a87ad;padding:8px;border:1px solid #bce8f1;border-radius:4px;margin:-80px 0 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;margin:0px 8px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Since there is little or no difference in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question type&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin for recent versions of Moodle (2.0 and above), the documentation is placed here under the latest version (Moodle 3.3).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Complete documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following documentation is based on that of [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/wikis/Documentation.wiki Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original project ] (available on Google Code Archive). The content has been slightly modified and updated to match Moodle 2.0 and up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to access the different pages of the documentation, clik on the links below or use the [[:Category:Formulas question type | categories links]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;border:1px solid #bce8f1;border-radius:4px;padding:0px 15px 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting started===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Formulas question tutorial|Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Formulas question page|Question page]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Editing a formulas question|Editing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Introduction|Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Part text placeholders|Part&#039;s text placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Answer box placeholders|Answer box placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Multiple choice placeholders|Multiple choice placeholders]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Variables|Variables]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Using variables in text and text equations|Using variables in text and text equations]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FQT Marking|Answers and Marking]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Writing and defining units|Writing and defining units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Systems of units|Systems of units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Marking units|Marking units]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Operators|Operators]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Numerical functions|Numerical functions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Non-numerical functions|Non-numerical functions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
Once the Formulas question plugin is installed, several examples of the Formulas question can be found in the file called  &#039;sample-formulas-questions.xml&#039; located in the &#039;moodle/question/type/formulas/sample&#039; folder. Use the [[Import questions]] option (Moodle XML) to put them into your [[Question bank]] and see how they work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Random values&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each student can receive questions with unique values and wording.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple subquestions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Multiple subquestions can be made to share the same set of random variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple answers&#039;&#039;&#039;. Multiple answer boxes can be used for one subquestion.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Different answer types&#039;&#039;&#039;. Both numerical answers with units and algebraic answers can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading criterion&#039;&#039;&#039;. In addition to simple absolute error, responses from students can be graded using any formula.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Units&#039;&#039;&#039;. Supports units and SI unit conversions. SI units with different SI prefixes are accepted using a built-in conversion rule.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple trials&#039;&#039;&#039;. A finite or infinite number of trials can be specified for each subquestion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is for you!==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is a plugin for Moodle with random values and multiple answer fields. The answer fields can be placed anywhere in the question so that you can create questions involving various answer structures such as coordinate, polynomial, matrix, etc. Other features such as unit checking and multiple subquestions are also available. These functionalities can simplify the creation of questions in many fields related to mathematics, numbers and units, such as physics and engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are dealing with problems such as those described below, then the Formulas question type is for you! Take, for example, a problem in structural engineering that may involve several parameters with a number of specific values such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Parameter:                      Possible values:&lt;br /&gt;
Bolt diameter (mm)              16, 20, 22, 24, 27, 30, 36&lt;br /&gt;
Plate thickness (mm)            16, 20, 25, 35, 40, 50&lt;br /&gt;
Steel strength (MPa)            300, 345, 350, 380&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete strength (MPa)         20, 25, 30&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcing bar diameter (mm)   9.5, 12.7, 15.9, 19.1, 22.2, 25.4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A question that involves the five parameters, each with their possible values, has 7 x 6 x 4 x 3 x 6 = 3024 permutations (assuming here that they are all valid), much more than the limit of 100 in the Calculated question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even a simple question in basic mathematics can have a large number of permutations. The following one has 5 x 5 x 8 = 200 permutations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Find the value of x = a*(b + c)&lt;br /&gt;
where&lt;br /&gt;
  • a is an odd number between and including 1 and 9&lt;br /&gt;
  • b is an even number between and including 2 and 10&lt;br /&gt;
  • c is an integer value between and including 1 to 3 or 7 to 11&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of question can be easily created using the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039;. To create the question, you would enter the sets of numbers in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Random variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Variables&lt;br /&gt;
  Random variables    a = {1:10:2};&lt;br /&gt;
                      b = {2:11:2};&lt;br /&gt;
                      c = {1, 2, 3, 7:12};&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that sets of numbers can be in the format &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{start:stop:interval}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, for example &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1:10:2}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{2:11:2}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;. (The stop value is not included in the set and the interval is set to 1 when not specified). Sets of numbers can also be in the format of a list such as &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1,2,3}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; for the set of numbers 1, 2 and 3. They can even be in a combination of the two formats, such as &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{1, 2, 3, 7:12}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an attempt is started, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will take a value drawn from the corresponding set at random. If you want, you can define other variables as a function of the random ones in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field. For instance, if you need the value of &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a&amp;amp;nbsp;+ 2*b&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; somewhere in your question (that is the main question, subquestions, hints and feedbacks), just define a new variable, say &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global variables&#039;&#039;&#039; field:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Variables&lt;br /&gt;
  Global variables    d = a + 2*b;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have defined your variables, you can display them by putting them in curly braces, i.e. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{a}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{b}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{c}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:monospace;font-size:113%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{d}&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, anywhere in the question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another advantage of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is that a Formulas question can have several subquestions, called &#039;&#039;&#039;parts&#039;&#039;&#039;, that can share the same variables. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; also has a complete system of units that is quite useful for physics and engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type is very powerful and permits the making of a wide range of questions. Although mastering all its possibilities require some practice, the basics can be learned quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background-color:#d3ffd3;&lt;br /&gt;
            border:1px solid #abdaac;&lt;br /&gt;
            border-radius:4px;&lt;br /&gt;
            color:#4f691a;&lt;br /&gt;
            padding:5px 15px 5px;&lt;br /&gt;
            margin: 15px 0 0;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you begin to master the &#039;&#039;&#039;Formulas question&#039;&#039;&#039; type, you will realize how easy it is to use, and how effective and complete it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Acknowledgments ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question was originally written by [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1069069&amp;amp;course=5 Hon Wai Lau] in about one year during 2009 and 2010, after his Master studies in Physics at the [http://www.ust.hk/ Hong Kong University of Science and Technology]. [http://www.ucalgary.ca/complexity/people/students/honwai In 2012,Hon Wai Lau was invited by the Complexity Science Group], Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada. [http://www.iqst.ca/people/ He is currently completing his Ph.D. studies at the Institute for Quantum Science and Technology], University of Calgary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hon Wai Lau&#039;s Formulas question original project can be found on [https://code.google.com/archive/p/moodle-coordinate-question/ Google Code Archive]. Note that the initial name &#039;Coordinate question &#039; was later changed to &#039;Formulas question&#039;. Hon Wai Lau&#039;s original Formulas question is compatible with Moodle 1.9 and 2.0. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question was upgraded to the new question engine, introduced in Moodle 2.1, by [https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 Jean-Michel Védrine], professor of Statistics and Computing at  the Institut Universitaire de Technologie in Saint-Étienne, France. The upgraded version of the Formulas question is compatible with Moodle 2.3 and later versions, currently up to Moodle 3.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintener(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=8026&amp;amp;course=5 Jean-Michel Védrine] has maintained the Formulas question type plugin until 2017. Currently, no maintener is assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is a Moodle plugin, so you or your Administrator must [[Installing_plugins|install]] it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to installing the Formulas question though, you need to install [[Installing_plugins|install another plugin]], that is Tim Hunt&#039;s adaptive multipart behaviour, [https://github.com/maths/moodle-qbehaviour_adaptivemultipart  available from GitHub] or [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qbehaviour_adaptivemultipart from the Moodle Plugins directory]. Note that you need version 3.3 or newer of this behaviour, because the Formulas question will not work with previous versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then install the Formulas question either from the Moodle Plugins directory, from GitHub or from a zip file:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from the Moodle Plugins directory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is available from [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qtype_formulas the Moodle Plugins drectory]. Install the Formulas question as any other Moodle question type plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from GitHub&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question is available at [https://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas the author&#039;s Github repository]. To install the question, type the following commands in the root of your Moodle install:&lt;br /&gt;
   git clone git://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas.git question/type/formulas echo &#039;/question/type/formulas/&#039; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; .git/info/exclude&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installing from a zip file&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download the zip file [https://github.com/jmvedrine/moodle-qtype_formulas from GitHub]. Unzip the file in the &#039;question/type&#039; folder and then rename the new folder to &#039;formulas&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle Tracker==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Date&lt;br /&gt;
! Author&lt;br /&gt;
! Title and link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-08-27&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-2312?focusedCommentId=91437&amp;amp;page=com.atlassian.jira.plugin.system.issuetabpanels%3Acomment-tabpanel New question type: Formulas]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-12-17&lt;br /&gt;
| Tikva&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-6068?jql=text%20~%20%22Formulas%20question%20type%22 Formulas question type does not support expressions calculation]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-14&lt;br /&gt;
| Renaat Debleu&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-6381 Formulas question type does not support local number formatting]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Forum discussions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Date&lt;br /&gt;
! Author&lt;br /&gt;
! Title and link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-08-15&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=155989 New question type: coordinates]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2010-11-30&lt;br /&gt;
| Hon Wai Lau&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=163345 Formulas question type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2011-07-12&lt;br /&gt;
| Jean-Michel Védrine&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=181049 Formulas question type for Moodle 2.0]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | Formulas page 24&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-05-31&lt;br /&gt;
| George Franz&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=314444 Multiple fill-in-the-blanks graded together]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2015-11-26&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=323859 An experience on training teachers...]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-03&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=334158 A CHECK button for each part (for multipart question &amp;amp; adaptive behaviour)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-06-13&lt;br /&gt;
| Peter Halverson&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=334654 Formulas questions errors after 2.9 to 3.1 upgrade]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-12&lt;br /&gt;
| Alessandro Bucca&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336340 quiz Formulas plugin]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-14&lt;br /&gt;
| Matthias Giger&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336476 Formulas: Using gcd()]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-27&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=337065 Where is the &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; button in the code?]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-07-30&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=337254 Format check initialization fail]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-09-21&lt;br /&gt;
| florian tobé&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=340150 Create units conversion exercises]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-10-23&lt;br /&gt;
| Jarrod McCombie&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=341890 Lab Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-11-24&lt;br /&gt;
| Godfrey Sovis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=343480 Algebra and Formulas qtypes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2016-12-01&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=343789 PHP error in Formulas question]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-01-02&lt;br /&gt;
| Kalyan Chatterjea&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=345107 Formulas Question Type]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-01-05&lt;br /&gt;
| Bernat Martinez&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=345283 Grading criteria checkbox not displayed in Boost theme]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-02-11&lt;br /&gt;
| Dominique Bauer&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=347383 Suggestion to improve the input format for units]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-05-09&lt;br /&gt;
| Miro Iliaš&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=349063 Algebra expression validator for calculated questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-07-10&lt;br /&gt;
| Jonas Ceponis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=355187 Text as an answer to calculated questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-07-26&lt;br /&gt;
| shahin k&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=356013 Dependent answers in two-part questions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-08-09&lt;br /&gt;
| lucia liljegren&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=356627 Formulas question: size of entry box]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2017-10-04&lt;br /&gt;
| Maurício Reis&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=359539# Formulas Type Question Maintenance]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translations available==&lt;br /&gt;
The Formulas question plugin is available in the following langages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
* Spanish (Mexican)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta fórmulas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129581</id>
		<title>Formulas question tutorial</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Formulas_question_tutorial&amp;diff=129581"/>
		<updated>2017-12-03T05:41:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127399</id>
		<title>Using TeX Notation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127399"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T21:00:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Equation displayed within text */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
TeX (&#039;&#039;&#039;/&#039;tɛx/tekh&#039;&#039;&#039;, often pronounced TeK in English)  is a very widespread and popular way of representing Mathematics notation using only characters that you can type on a keyboard (see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TeX Wikipedia]).  This makes it a useful format to use in Moodle, since it can be entered anywhere you can type text, from forum posts to quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX expressions can be entered in multiple ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* typing them directly into texts.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the Java-based Dragmath editor in Moodle&#039;s TinyMCE editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the HTML-based equation editor in Moodle&#039;s Atto editor (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, TeX expressions are rendered into Mathematics notation:&lt;br /&gt;
* using the TeX filter in Moodle, which uses a TeX binary installed on the server to convert expressions into .gif images (or if that is not available, it falls back to a simple built-in mimetex binary).&lt;br /&gt;
* using the [[MathJax_filter]] which identifies TeX expressions and uses the Mathjax JS library to render them in browsers at display time (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
* using other third-party solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can imagine, the whole field is not as simple as we would like, especially because there are many flavours of TeX and slight variations between tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page focusses only on using TeX in core Moodle.  See the links at the bottom of this page for more information on setting up TeX editors and filters, including other tools from the Moodle community that may be suitable for advanced users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This Wiki environment uses a DIFFERENT TeX renderer to Moodle, especially when it comes to control sequences.  For this reason images are sometimes used to represent what it should look like in Moodle.   YMMV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Language Conventions== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a TeX sequence in your text, surround it with $$ markers. To invoke a particular command or control sequence, use the backslash, \. A typical control sequence looks like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) $$  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex10.gif|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fraction and square root.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional spaces can be placed into the equation using the \ without a trailing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation displayed on its own line== &lt;br /&gt;
When an equation is surrounded by a pair of  $$ markers, it is displayed centered on its own line. The $$’s are primitive TeX markers. With LaTeX, it is often recommended to use the pair \[ and \] to enclose equations, rather than the $$ markers, because the newer syntax checks for mistyped equations and better adjusts vertical spacing. If the TeX Notation filter is activated, which set a LaTeX renderer, the same equation as above is obtained with the following control sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\[&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the equation is mistyped, it will be displayed enclosed in a box to signal the mistake and if the equation appears in a new paragraph, the vertical space above the equation will adjust correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using \[ … \] instead of $$ … $$ may have other advantages. For example, with the Wiris equation editor installed, the Atto editor undesirably transforms the TeX code of equations enclosed with $$ into XML code, whereas it does not do so when the equations are enclosed with \[ and \].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation displayed within text== &lt;br /&gt;
With the TeX notation filter activated, an equation is displayed within the text when it is surrounded by the pair \( and \). For example, the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The point &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\(&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; \left( {{x}_{0}}+\frac{1}{p\left( {{x}_{0}} \right)}\ ,\ \frac{q\left( {{x}_{0}} \right)}{p\left( {{x}_{0}} \right)} \right) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is located...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
will display as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TeXEquationWithinText.png|320px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the single $ marks may not work for this purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reserved Characters and Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most characters and numbers on the keyboard can be used at their default value. As with any computing language, though, there are a set of reserved characters and keywords that are used by the program for its own purposes. TeX Notation is no different, but it does have a very small set of Reserved Characters. This will not be a complete list of reserved characters, but some of these are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use these characters in an equation just place the \ in front of them like \$ or \%. If you want to use the backslash, just use \backslash. The only exception here seems to be the &amp;amp;, ampersand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Superscripts, Subscripts and Roots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts are recorded using the caret, ^, symbol. An example for a Maths class might be: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  This is a shorthand way of saying: &lt;br /&gt;
  (4 x 4) x (4 x 4 x 4) = (4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4)&lt;br /&gt;
  or&lt;br /&gt;
  16 x 64 = 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subscripts are similar, but use the underscore character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is OK if you want superscripts or subscripts, but square roots are a little different. This uses a control sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \sqrt{64} \ = \ 8 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqrt{64} \ = \ 8&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take this a little further, but adding in a control character. You may ask a question like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n? $$  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n?&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using these different commands allows you to develop equations like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts, Subscripts and roots can also be noted in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fractions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fractions in TeX are actually simple, as long as you remember the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{numerator}{denominator} $$ which produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{numerator}{denominator}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be given as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is entered as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}.$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With fractions (as with other commands) the curly brackets can be nested so that for example you can implement negative exponents in fractions.  As you can see,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac {5^{-2}}{3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {5^{-2}}{3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac{3}{4^{-3}}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{3}{4^{-3}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You likely do not want to use $$\frac{3}{4}^{-3}$$ as it produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{3}{4}^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use fractions and negative exponents in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As students advance through Maths, they come into contact with brackets. Algebraic notation depends heavily on brackets. The usual keyboard values of ( and ) are useful, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually, these brackets are enough for most formulae but they will not be in some circumstances. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ (x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is OK, but try it this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple change using the \left( and \right) symbols instead. Note the actual bracket is both named and presented. Brackets are almost essential in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellipsis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ellipsis is a simple code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Written like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n  $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more practical application could be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Add together all the numbers from 1 &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; 38.&lt;br /&gt;
  What is an elegant and simple solution to this problem?&lt;br /&gt;
  Can you create an algebraic function to explain this solution?&lt;br /&gt;
  Will your solution work for all numbers?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer:&lt;br /&gt;
The question uses an even number to demonstrate a mathematical process and generate an algebraic formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class = &amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 1:&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 2.&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 3.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1. \ 1 \ + \ 38 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2. \ 2 \ + \ 37 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3. \ 3 \ + \ 36 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;19. 19 \ + \ 20 \ = \ 39 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 39 \ \times \ 19 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 741 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|An algebraic function might read something like:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t = (1 + n) \times n/2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where t = total and n = the last number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The solution is that, using the largest and the smallest numbers, the numbers are added and then multiplied by the number of different combinations to produce the same result adding the first and last numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer must depend on the number, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{n}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; being a whole number. Therefore, the solution will not work for an odd range of numbers, only an even range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbols==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not all the symbols that may be available in TeX Notation for Moodle, just the ones that I have found to work in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \amalg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\amalg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oplus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \times&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|\ast&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ast&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|\dagger&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleleft&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleleft&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigcirc&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcirc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddagger&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ddagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \otimes&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\otimes&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleright&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleright&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangledown&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangledown&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\diamond&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \pm&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pm&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  	&lt;br /&gt;
| \odot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\odot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangleup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangleup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \div&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\div&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ominus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ominus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wr&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wr&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \circ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\circ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wedge&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wedge&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vee&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vee&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqcup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqcup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \leq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\leq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \geq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\geq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \equiv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\equiv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \prec&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\prec&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sim&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \perp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\perp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \preceq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\preceq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \simeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\simeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \mid&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mid&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ll&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \gg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \asymp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\asymp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \parallel&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\parallel&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \supset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \supseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \approx&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \neq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\neq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ni&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \notin&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\notin&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \in&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vdash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \dashv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dashv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \bullet&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bullet&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftarrow	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightharpoons&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightleftharpoons&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Im&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Im&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \nearrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nearrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \nwarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nwarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \swarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \swarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \searrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \searrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delimiters and Maths Constructs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Most delimiters and constructs need additional parameters for them to appear appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \{x&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \{x &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| x | \}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x | \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \rangle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rangle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \langle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \langle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \angle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \angle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \=&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt[n]{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt[n]{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \frac{ab}{cd}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{ab}{cd}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \backslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \backslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \widehat{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \widehat{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \$&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \$ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \overline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \overline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \underline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \underline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \therefore&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \therefore&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \ddots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \%&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \#&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \# &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \emptyset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \emptyset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
WARNINGS: The &amp;amp; character in LaTeX usually requires a backslash, \. In TeX Notation for Moodle, apparently, it does not. Other packages, AsciiMath, may use it differently again so be careful using it. The copyright character may use the MimeTeX charset, and produces a copyright notice for John Forkosh Associates who provided a lot of the essential packages for the TeX Notation for Moodle, so I understand. I have been, almost reliably, informed that a particular instruction will produce a different notice though .:)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a number of characters that can be used in TeX Notation for Moodle but do not render in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex08.png|frame|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Larger \left(x and \right) brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex06.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \widetilde{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex09.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \textdegree or (50)^\circ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek Letters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \alpha  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \beta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \gamma &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \epsilon &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\zeta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \zeta &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \eta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \theta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\iota&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \iota &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \kappa &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \lambda &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \mu &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\xi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \xi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \pi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \rho &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \sigma &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tau&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \tau &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \upsilon &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \phi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\chi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \chi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\psi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \psi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Theta&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Pi  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Phi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Gamma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Gamma&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Lambda  &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Sigma  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Psi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Psi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Xi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Upsilon&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vartheta &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \vartheta&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varrho  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varrho&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varphi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varphi &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varsigma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varsigma&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notable Exceptions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greek letter omicron (traditionally, mathemeticians don&#039;t make much use of omicron due to possible confusion with zero). Simply put, lowercase omicron is an &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; redered as &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. But note \omicron may now work with recent TeX implementations including MathJax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, these Greek capital letters cannot be rendered by TeX Notation in Moodle: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha, Beta, Zeta, Eta, Tau, Chi, Mu, Iota, Kappa and Epsilon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX methematics adopts the convention that lowercase Greek symbols are displayed as italics whereas uppercase Greek symbols are displayed as upright characters. Therefore, the missing Greek capital letters can simply be represented by the \mathrm{ } equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{A, B, Z, H, T, X, M, I, K, E}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boolean algebra==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of different conventions for representing Boolean (logic) algebra. Common conventions used in computer science and electronics are detailed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negation, NOT, ¬, !, ~, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \lnot, !, \sim, \overline{ }&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunction, AND, ∧, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \land, \wedge, \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
Dysjunction, OR, ∨, +, &lt;br /&gt;
 \lor, \vee, +&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusive dysjunction, XOR ⊻, ⊕&lt;br /&gt;
 \veebar, \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence, If and only if, Iff, ≡, ↔, ⇔&lt;br /&gt;
  \equiv, \leftrightarrow \iff&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: two representations of De Morgan&#039;s laws:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}} SS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ (A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B}) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a particular font you need to access the font using the same syntax as demonstrated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A math calligraphic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blackboard bold, a Castellar type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often used in number theory. For example: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of natural numbers including 0 {0, 1, 2, 3, ...}, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of integers {-..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... }, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of rational numbers, including integers, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{R}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of real numbers, which includes the natural numbers, rational numbers and irrational numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fraktur, an Old English type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is different in Tex Notation in Moodle than it is for other, full, TeX packages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An italic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A normal, upright non-italic, Roman font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
A bold-face font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of displays==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default size is rendered slightly larger than normal font size. TeX Notation in Moodle uses eight different sizes ranging from &amp;quot;tiny&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;huge&amp;quot;. However,these values seem to mean different things and are, I suspect, dependent upon the User&#039;s screen resolution. The sizes can be noted in four different ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fontsize{0} to \fontsize{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fontsize{2} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs{0} to \fs{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs{4} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs0 to \fs7&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs6 x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| As well, you can use \tiny \small &lt;br /&gt;
\normalsize \large \Large &lt;br /&gt;
\LARGE \huge \Huge&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\normalsize x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that TeX Notation in Moodle now allows \fs6, \fs7, \huge and \Huge to be properly rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Colour==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many scripting languages, we only need to name the colour we want to use. You may have to experiment a little with colours, but it will make for a brighter page. Once named, the entire statement will appear in the colour, and if you mix colours, the last named colour will dominate. Some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30a.gif|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \blue x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30b.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \green x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30c.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}$$ $$ \times $$ &lt;br /&gt;
$$\green (y \ + \ 12) $$ $$ \ = $$ $$ \ \blue 6^3 $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30d.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle 2.2 note: You may find this doesn&#039;t work for you. You can try to add &amp;quot;\usepackage{color}&amp;quot; to your tex notation setting &amp;quot;LaTeX preamble&amp;quot; (under Site adminstration/Plugins/Filters/TeX notation)and then use this new syntax: $$ \color{red} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may note this last one, it is considerably more complex than the previous for colours. TeX Notation in Windows does not allow multicoloured equations, if you name a number of colours in the equation, only the last named will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geometric Shapes== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to produce geometric shapes, one is with circles and the other is with lines. Each take a bit of practice to get right, but they can provide some simple geometry. It may be easier to produce the shapes in Illustrator or Paint Shop Pro or any one of a number of other drawing packages and use them to illustrate your lessons, but sometimes, some simple diagrams in Moodle will do a better job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Circles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Circles are easy to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex20.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Circles are easily created, and only needs a number to determine how large the circle is. &lt;br /&gt;
To create the circle use $$ \circle(150) $$. This makes a circle of 150 pixels in diameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcs are also easy to produce, but require some additional parameters. The same code structure used in circles create the basic shape, but the inclusion of a start and end point creates only the arc. However, notice where the 0 point is, not at the true North, but rather the East and run in an anti-clockwise direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;90,180)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;0,90)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;180,270)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;270,360)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure breaks down into the \circle command followed by the diameter, not the radius, of the circle, followed by a semi-colon, then the demarcation of the arc, the nomination of the start and end points in degrees from the 0, East, start point. Note that the canvas is the size of the diameter nominated by the circle&#039;s parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The \picture Command==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using circles and arcs as shown above is somewhat limiting. The \picture command allows you to use a frame in which to build a picture of many layers. Each part of the picture though needs to be in its own space, and while this frame allows you to be creative, to a degree, there are some very hard and fast rules about using it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All elements of a picture need to be located within the picture frame. Unexpected results occur when parts of an arc, for example, runs over the border of the frame. (This is particularly true of lines, which we will get to next, and the consequences of that overstepping of the border can cause serious problems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \picture command is structured like:&lt;br /&gt;
   \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&lt;br /&gt;
   \command(size of frame){(x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate){\shape to draw(size or x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate)})  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brace is used to enclose each set of required starting point coordinates. Inside each set of braces, another set of braces is used to isolate each set of coordinates from the other, and those coordinates use their proper brackets and backslash. Count the opening and closing brackets, be careful of the position,       &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture frame brings elements together that you may not otherwise see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the frame size of 100px and the centre point of the circle in the mid-point of the frame, the 200px circle will be squashed. Unexpected results occur when sizes are not correct.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Using the picture frame, you can layer circles &lt;br /&gt;
and lines over each other, or they can intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(99)} (50,50){\circle(80)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| You may want to see an image of a circle with a dot in the middle. &lt;br /&gt;
You may have to try to place the centre dot correctly , but the &lt;br /&gt;
ordering of the elements in the image may have an impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(48,46){\bullet}(50,50){\circle(99)}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Using the same ideas as above, you can make semi-circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(150){(50,50){\circle(100;0,180)}(100,50){\circle(100;180,360)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing lines in TeX Notation in Moodle is an issue, go to the [[Using_TeX_Notation#Reserved_Characters_and_Keywords| Using Text Notation]] for more information. If the line is not noted properly then the parser will try to correctly draw the line but will not successfully complete it. This means that every image that needs be drawn will be drawn until it hits the error. When the error is being converted, it fails, so no subsequent image is drawn. Be careful and make sure your line works BEFORE you move to the next problem or next image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex26.gif|frame|left| a couple of lines]] &lt;br /&gt;
| $$\red \picture(200){(20,0){ \line(180,0)}{(20,180){\line(180,0}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the picture box is that the \picture(200) provides a square image template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The (20,0) provides the starting coordinates for any line that comes after. In this case the start point is at 20pixels in the x axis and 0 pixels in the y axis. The starting point for all coordinates, 0,0, is the bottom left corner and they run in a clockwise manner. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not confuse this with arcs.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \line(180,0) determines the length and inclination of the line. In this case, the inclination is 0 and the length is 180px. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are enclosed in braces, all inside one set of braces owned by the \picture() control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next set of commands are the same, that is, the (20,200) are the coordinates of the next line. The x co-ordinate is the 20, that is the distance to the right from the 0 point. The y co-ordinates is the distance from the bottom of the image. Whereas the first line started and ran on the bottom of the picture frame, the y co-ordinate starts at the 200 pixel mark from the bottom of the image. The line, at 180 pixels long and has no y slope. This creates a spread pair of parallel lines.     &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimtex27.gif|thumb|right|150px|\picture explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this explains the structure of a line, there is a couple of elements that you need to go through to do more with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Squares and Rectangles==&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing squares and rectangles is similar, but only slightly different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should be a square box tool, and there is, but unless it has something inside it, it does not display. It is actually easier to make a square using the \line command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line03.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is constructed using:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
It is a 250 pixel square box with a 230 pixel square inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line04.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is different in that is has the equal length indicators that are used in a square.&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(5,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,10){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,5){\line(0,10)}&lt;br /&gt;
(240,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(235,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,240){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,235){\line(0,10)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line05.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The rectangle then becomes the same thing, but with one side shorter. For a portrait canvas it would be:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(150,0)}(160,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(150,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line06.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The rectangle can also produce a landscape shape:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,160)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,160)}(10,170){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controlling Angles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controlling angles is a little different. They involve a different perception, but not one that is unfamiliar. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a point from which we want to draw a line that is on an angle. The notation used at this point can be positive, positive or positive, negative or negative, positive or negative, negative. Think of it like a number plane or a graph, using directed numbers. The 0,0 point is in the centre, and we have four quadrants around it that give us one of the previously mentioned results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Image:co-ordquadrants.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06a.gif|left]] $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}}$$, &lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06b.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06c.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06d.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and a negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, what these points boil down to is that anything above the insertion point is a positive on the y axis, anything below is a negative. Anything to the left of the insertion point is a negative while everything to the right is a positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:line06e.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The co-ordinate alignment process in TeX is not that good that you can use one set of co-ords as a single starting point for all lines. The layering of each object varies because of the position of the previous object, so each object needs to be exactly placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This co-ord structure has a great deal of impact on intersecting lines, parallel lines and triangles. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intersecting Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set up an intersecting pair easily enough, using the \picture control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex31.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)} (0,130){\line(180,-180)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines that are drawn can be labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)}(0,130){\line(180,-180)}&lt;br /&gt;
(0,10){A}(0,135){B}(140,0){C}(140,150){D}(62,80){X}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To produce another image.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex32.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| To which you may want to ask the question: &lt;br /&gt;
$$The \ \angle \ of \ AXB \ is \ 72\textdegree. \ What \ is \ the \ value \ of \ \angle BXD? $$&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Image: cfmimetex32a.gif|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Labeling this image, above-right, turned out to be fairly simple. Offsetting points by a few pixels at the start or end points of the lines proved a successful strategy. The X point proved a little more problematic, and took a number of adjustments before getting it right. Experience here will help.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| With labels the drawing can become a little more like your traditional geometric drawing, but the devil is in the details. The parallel markers need to be placed properly, and that is where experience really comes into it. On lines that are vertical or horizontal, you can get away with using the &amp;gt; or &amp;lt; directly from the keyboard, or the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  symbols. In either case, you need to position them properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(200){(15,45){\line(170,0)} (15,30){c}(170,28){d}(15,160){\line(170,0)}(15,145){e}(180,143){f}(50,20){\line(110,175)}(58,20){a}(140,185){b}(42,32){\kappa}(53,48){\beta}&lt;br /&gt;
(150,165){\kappa}&lt;br /&gt;
(90,38){\gg}(80,153){\gg}&lt;br /&gt;
}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line10.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines and Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining lines and arcs is a serious challenge actually, on a number of levels. For example lets take an arc from the first page on circles.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Fairly innocuous of itself, but when we start to add in elements, it changes dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \circle(120;90,180) $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line12.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(150){(75,75){\circle(120;90,180)}(75,75){\line(-70,0)}(75,75){\line(0,75)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
All elements in this drawing start in the same place. Each is layered, and properly placed on the canvas, and using the same co-ord to start makes it easy to control them. No matter the size of the arc, intersecting lines can all be drawn using the centre co-ords of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Triangles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the drawing objects, it is actually triangles that present the most challenge. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line13.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350){(10,10){\line(0,320)}(10,330){\line(330,0)}(10,10){\line(330,320)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a simple triangle, one that allows us to establish a simple set of rules for the sides. The vertical always has an x=0 co-ord and the horizontal always has a y=0 co-ord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case with an x value of 330 on the horizontal, and a y value of 320 on the vertical, the hypotenuse should then have a value of x=340, and the y=330, but not so, they actually have an x=330 and a y=320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to add the starting point co-ords to the x and y values of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line14.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$picture(350){(10,10){\line(330,0)}(340,10){\line(0,320)}(340,330){\line(-330,-320)}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This triangle has been developed for a Trigonometry page - but the additional notation should provide insight into how you can use it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line16.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a labeled image, but it has an \fbox in it with its little line. With some effort, it could be replaced with two intersecting short lines.&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350,150){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(325,25){\line(0,110)}(25,25){\line(300,110)}(309,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}&lt;br /&gt;
(307,98){\theta}(135,75){\beta}(150,5){\alpha}(335,75){\epsilon}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| The triangle shows like: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:trig01.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|We use the different elements of the triangle to identify those things we need to know about a right-angled triangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hypotenuse is always the side that is opposite the right angle. The longest side is always the Hypotenuse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify the other elements of the triangle we look for the sign &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the starting point for naming the other sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that is opposite &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Opposite. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that lies alongside &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Adjacent side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine which is which, draw a line that bisects &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and whatever line it crosses is the Opposite side. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(350,250){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(25,25){\line(0,220)}(25,245){\line(300,-220)}(310,25){\circle(100;135,180)}(20,100){\line(310,-75)} (25,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}(25,25){\line(150,150)}(165,140){Hypotenuse}(120,2){Adjacent}(2,80){\rotatebox{90}{Opposite}}(270,40){\theta}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Matrices=&lt;br /&gt;
A Matrix is a rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns which can be used to organize numeric information. Matrices can be used to predict trends and outcomes in real situations - i.e. polling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
A matrix can be written and displayed like [[Image: matrices03.gif|A matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the matrix is constructed using the brackets before creating the array:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ M = \left[\begin{array}{ccc} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
The internal structure of the array is generated by the &amp;amp;, ampersand, and the double backslash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a grid for the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A dashed line&lt;br /&gt;
|A solid line&lt;br /&gt;
|A mixed line&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices04.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices05.gif]]	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices06.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c.c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c|c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command sequences here are the {c|c.c} and \hdash and \hline. The pipe, |, and the full stop determine the line type for the vertical line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matrices also respond to other TeX Notation commands such as size and colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Colour&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Size&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices07.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices08.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices09.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\blue&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs7&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs2&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating equal and unequal matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
Equal and unequal matrices are simply matrices that either share or not share the same number of rows and columns. To be more precise, equal matrices share the same order and each element in the corresponding positions are equal. Anything else is unequal matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually equal and unequal matrices are constructed along similar lines, but have different shapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Equal Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|An unequal matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices10.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b \ c&amp;amp;d \ e&amp;amp;f \end{array}\right] \ \neq \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Labeling a Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition and subtraction matrices are similar again, but the presentation is usually very different. The problem comes when trying to mix labels into arrays. The lack of sophistication in the TeX Notation plays against it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle allows an easy adoption of tables to make it work though. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker supplies three shops, A, B and C with pies, pasties and sausage rolls. &lt;br /&gt;
  He is expected to determine the stock levels of those three shops in his estimation of supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is better to use the Moodle Fullscreen editor for this, to have a better idea of how the end product will look and to take advantage of the additional tools available. Design decisions need occupy our attention for a while. We need a table of five rows and four columns. The first row is a header row, so the label is centred. The next row needs four columns, a blank cell to start and labels A, B and C. The next three rows are divided into two columns, with the labels, pies, pasties and sausage rolls in each row of the first column and the matrix resides in a merged set of columns there. So first the table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Insert Table - initial properties&lt;br /&gt;
| Merge Cells Button&lt;br /&gt;
| Advanced Properties&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Image: matricestable01.png|Table properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable02.png | Merge cells]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable03.png | Cell properties button]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| You may need to look into the Advanced properties setting of the tables and cells to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the immediate result: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable04.png | The resulting table]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not a very good look, it can be made better by tweaking the table using the advanced settings and properties buttons and then you can tweak the matrix itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tweaking the Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable05a.png | A tweaked matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things are not always as they seem, be aware, the &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; does not stand for &amp;quot;column&amp;quot;, it actually stands for &amp;quot;centre&amp;quot;. The columns are aligned by the letters l, for left, c for centre and r for right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column is spread across 50 pixels, so the value of 50 is entered into the alignment declaration. The plus sign before the value is used to &amp;quot;propogate&amp;quot; or to force the value across the whole matrix, but is not used when wanting to separate only one column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the rows is a little more problematic. The capital letter C sets the vertical alignment to the centre, (B is for baseline, but that does not guarantee that the numbers will appear on the base line, and there does not appear to be any third value). The plus sign and following value sets the height of all rows to the number given. In this I have given it a value of 25 pixels for the entire matrix. If there were four or five rows, the same height requirement is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order things appear is also important. If you change the order of these settings, they will either not work at all, or will not render as you expect them to. If something does not work properly, then check to make sure you have the right order first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Addition Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rule for performing operations on matrices is that they must be equal matrices. For example, addition matrices look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable06.png | An addition matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the results obvious. The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] + \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  60&amp;amp;60&amp;amp;60 \ \hdash 40&amp;amp;40&amp;amp;30 \ \hdash 30&amp;amp;30&amp;amp;30&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Subtraction Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an addition matrix in its construction, the subtraction matrix is subject to the same rules of equality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same essential data, we can calculate the daily sales of each of the shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable07.png | A subtraction matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  72&amp;amp;95&amp;amp;68 \ \hdash 54&amp;amp;61&amp;amp;65 \ \hdash 48&amp;amp;51&amp;amp;60&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] - \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash 16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] = \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  61&amp;amp;81&amp;amp;56 \ \hdash 38&amp;amp;49&amp;amp;43 \ \hdash 34&amp;amp;34&amp;amp;48&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code looks more complex than it really is, it is cluttered by the lines and alignment sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiplication Matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different than the addition or subtraction matrices, the multiplication matrix comes in three parts, the row matrix, the column matrix and the answer matrix. This implies it has a different construction methodology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices16.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \begin{array} 10&amp;amp;amp;14&amp;amp;amp;16\end{array} \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} 45 \\ 61 \\ 19 \end{array}\right] &lt;br /&gt;
  \ = \ \begin{array} 450&amp;amp;amp;854&amp;amp;amp;304\end{array} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different, it is not necessarily more complex. For example a problem like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker is selling his product to Con the cafe owner, who &lt;br /&gt;
  wants to make sure his overall prices are profitable for himself. &lt;br /&gt;
  Con needs to make sure that his average price is providing sufficient &lt;br /&gt;
  profit to be able to keep the cafes open. Con makes his calculations &lt;br /&gt;
  on a weekly basis, comparing cost to sale prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the pies, pasties and sausage rolls in that order he applies them to the cost and sale price columns :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices17.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array} 350&amp;amp;amp;310&amp;amp;amp;270 \end{array}\right] \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} \$2.10&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$2.05&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$1.90&amp;amp;amp;\$3.10 \end{array} &lt;br /&gt;
  \right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} \$735.00&amp;amp;amp;\$1260.00 \ \$635.50&amp;amp;amp;\$1116.00 \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \$513.00&amp;amp;amp;$\837.00 \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mathematics_tools_FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MathJax_filter]] - available in Moodle 2.7 and later&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TeX notation filter]] To turn on the TeX Notation &lt;br /&gt;
* [[DragMath equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chemistry notation using mhchem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127398</id>
		<title>Using TeX Notation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127398"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T20:48:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Equation displayed within text */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
TeX (&#039;&#039;&#039;/&#039;tɛx/tekh&#039;&#039;&#039;, often pronounced TeK in English)  is a very widespread and popular way of representing Mathematics notation using only characters that you can type on a keyboard (see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TeX Wikipedia]).  This makes it a useful format to use in Moodle, since it can be entered anywhere you can type text, from forum posts to quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX expressions can be entered in multiple ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* typing them directly into texts.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the Java-based Dragmath editor in Moodle&#039;s TinyMCE editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the HTML-based equation editor in Moodle&#039;s Atto editor (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, TeX expressions are rendered into Mathematics notation:&lt;br /&gt;
* using the TeX filter in Moodle, which uses a TeX binary installed on the server to convert expressions into .gif images (or if that is not available, it falls back to a simple built-in mimetex binary).&lt;br /&gt;
* using the [[MathJax_filter]] which identifies TeX expressions and uses the Mathjax JS library to render them in browsers at display time (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
* using other third-party solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can imagine, the whole field is not as simple as we would like, especially because there are many flavours of TeX and slight variations between tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page focusses only on using TeX in core Moodle.  See the links at the bottom of this page for more information on setting up TeX editors and filters, including other tools from the Moodle community that may be suitable for advanced users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This Wiki environment uses a DIFFERENT TeX renderer to Moodle, especially when it comes to control sequences.  For this reason images are sometimes used to represent what it should look like in Moodle.   YMMV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Language Conventions== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a TeX sequence in your text, surround it with $$ markers. To invoke a particular command or control sequence, use the backslash, \. A typical control sequence looks like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) $$  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex10.gif|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fraction and square root.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional spaces can be placed into the equation using the \ without a trailing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation displayed on its own line== &lt;br /&gt;
When an equation is surrounded by a pair of  $$ markers, it is displayed centered on its own line. The $$’s are primitive TeX markers. With LaTeX, it is often recommended to use the pair \[ and \] to enclose equations, rather than the $$ markers, because the newer syntax checks for mistyped equations and better adjusts vertical spacing. If the TeX Notation filter is activated, which set a LaTeX renderer, the same equation as above is obtained with the following control sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\[&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the equation is mistyped, it will be displayed enclosed in a box to signal the mistake and if the equation appears in a new paragraph, the vertical space above the equation will adjust correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using \[ … \] instead of $$ … $$ may have other advantages. For example, with the Wiris equation editor installed, the Atto editor undesirably transforms the TeX code of equations enclosed with $$ into XML code, whereas it does not do so when the equations are enclosed with \[ and \].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation displayed within text== &lt;br /&gt;
An equation is displayed within the text when it is surrounded by the pair \( and \). For example, the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The point &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\(&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; \left( {{x}_{0}}+\frac{1}{p\left( {{x}_{0}} \right)}\ ,\ \frac{q\left( {{x}_{0}} \right)}{p\left( {{x}_{0}} \right)} \right) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is located...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
will display as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TeXEquationWithinText.png|320px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reserved Characters and Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most characters and numbers on the keyboard can be used at their default value. As with any computing language, though, there are a set of reserved characters and keywords that are used by the program for its own purposes. TeX Notation is no different, but it does have a very small set of Reserved Characters. This will not be a complete list of reserved characters, but some of these are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use these characters in an equation just place the \ in front of them like \$ or \%. If you want to use the backslash, just use \backslash. The only exception here seems to be the &amp;amp;, ampersand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Superscripts, Subscripts and Roots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts are recorded using the caret, ^, symbol. An example for a Maths class might be: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  This is a shorthand way of saying: &lt;br /&gt;
  (4 x 4) x (4 x 4 x 4) = (4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4)&lt;br /&gt;
  or&lt;br /&gt;
  16 x 64 = 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subscripts are similar, but use the underscore character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is OK if you want superscripts or subscripts, but square roots are a little different. This uses a control sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \sqrt{64} \ = \ 8 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqrt{64} \ = \ 8&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take this a little further, but adding in a control character. You may ask a question like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n? $$  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n?&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using these different commands allows you to develop equations like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts, Subscripts and roots can also be noted in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fractions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fractions in TeX are actually simple, as long as you remember the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{numerator}{denominator} $$ which produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{numerator}{denominator}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be given as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is entered as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}.$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With fractions (as with other commands) the curly brackets can be nested so that for example you can implement negative exponents in fractions.  As you can see,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac {5^{-2}}{3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {5^{-2}}{3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac{3}{4^{-3}}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{3}{4^{-3}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You likely do not want to use $$\frac{3}{4}^{-3}$$ as it produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{3}{4}^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use fractions and negative exponents in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As students advance through Maths, they come into contact with brackets. Algebraic notation depends heavily on brackets. The usual keyboard values of ( and ) are useful, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually, these brackets are enough for most formulae but they will not be in some circumstances. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ (x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is OK, but try it this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple change using the \left( and \right) symbols instead. Note the actual bracket is both named and presented. Brackets are almost essential in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellipsis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ellipsis is a simple code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Written like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n  $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more practical application could be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Add together all the numbers from 1 &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; 38.&lt;br /&gt;
  What is an elegant and simple solution to this problem?&lt;br /&gt;
  Can you create an algebraic function to explain this solution?&lt;br /&gt;
  Will your solution work for all numbers?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer:&lt;br /&gt;
The question uses an even number to demonstrate a mathematical process and generate an algebraic formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class = &amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 1:&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 2.&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 3.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1. \ 1 \ + \ 38 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2. \ 2 \ + \ 37 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3. \ 3 \ + \ 36 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;19. 19 \ + \ 20 \ = \ 39 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 39 \ \times \ 19 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 741 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|An algebraic function might read something like:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t = (1 + n) \times n/2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where t = total and n = the last number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The solution is that, using the largest and the smallest numbers, the numbers are added and then multiplied by the number of different combinations to produce the same result adding the first and last numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer must depend on the number, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{n}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; being a whole number. Therefore, the solution will not work for an odd range of numbers, only an even range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbols==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not all the symbols that may be available in TeX Notation for Moodle, just the ones that I have found to work in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \amalg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\amalg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oplus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \times&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|\ast&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ast&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|\dagger&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleleft&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleleft&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigcirc&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcirc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddagger&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ddagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \otimes&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\otimes&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleright&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleright&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangledown&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangledown&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\diamond&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \pm&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pm&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  	&lt;br /&gt;
| \odot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\odot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangleup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangleup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \div&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\div&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ominus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ominus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wr&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wr&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \circ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\circ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wedge&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wedge&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vee&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vee&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqcup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqcup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \leq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\leq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \geq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\geq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \equiv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\equiv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \prec&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\prec&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sim&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \perp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\perp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \preceq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\preceq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \simeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\simeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \mid&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mid&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ll&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \gg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \asymp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\asymp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \parallel&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\parallel&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \supset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \supseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \approx&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \neq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\neq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ni&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \notin&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\notin&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \in&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vdash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \dashv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dashv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \bullet&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bullet&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftarrow	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightharpoons&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightleftharpoons&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Im&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Im&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \nearrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nearrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \nwarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nwarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \swarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \swarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \searrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \searrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delimiters and Maths Constructs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Most delimiters and constructs need additional parameters for them to appear appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \{x&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \{x &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| x | \}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x | \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \rangle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rangle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \langle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \langle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \angle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \angle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \=&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt[n]{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt[n]{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \frac{ab}{cd}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{ab}{cd}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \backslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \backslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \widehat{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \widehat{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \$&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \$ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \overline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \overline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \underline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \underline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \therefore&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \therefore&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \ddots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \%&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \#&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \# &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \emptyset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \emptyset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
WARNINGS: The &amp;amp; character in LaTeX usually requires a backslash, \. In TeX Notation for Moodle, apparently, it does not. Other packages, AsciiMath, may use it differently again so be careful using it. The copyright character may use the MimeTeX charset, and produces a copyright notice for John Forkosh Associates who provided a lot of the essential packages for the TeX Notation for Moodle, so I understand. I have been, almost reliably, informed that a particular instruction will produce a different notice though .:)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a number of characters that can be used in TeX Notation for Moodle but do not render in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex08.png|frame|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Larger \left(x and \right) brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex06.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \widetilde{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex09.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \textdegree or (50)^\circ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek Letters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \alpha  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \beta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \gamma &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \epsilon &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\zeta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \zeta &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \eta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \theta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\iota&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \iota &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \kappa &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \lambda &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \mu &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\xi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \xi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \pi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \rho &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \sigma &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tau&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \tau &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \upsilon &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \phi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\chi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \chi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\psi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \psi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Theta&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Pi  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Phi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Gamma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Gamma&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Lambda  &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Sigma  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Psi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Psi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Xi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Upsilon&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vartheta &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \vartheta&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varrho  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varrho&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varphi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varphi &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varsigma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varsigma&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notable Exceptions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greek letter omicron (traditionally, mathemeticians don&#039;t make much use of omicron due to possible confusion with zero). Simply put, lowercase omicron is an &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; redered as &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. But note \omicron may now work with recent TeX implementations including MathJax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, these Greek capital letters cannot be rendered by TeX Notation in Moodle: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha, Beta, Zeta, Eta, Tau, Chi, Mu, Iota, Kappa and Epsilon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX methematics adopts the convention that lowercase Greek symbols are displayed as italics whereas uppercase Greek symbols are displayed as upright characters. Therefore, the missing Greek capital letters can simply be represented by the \mathrm{ } equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{A, B, Z, H, T, X, M, I, K, E}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boolean algebra==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of different conventions for representing Boolean (logic) algebra. Common conventions used in computer science and electronics are detailed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negation, NOT, ¬, !, ~, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \lnot, !, \sim, \overline{ }&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunction, AND, ∧, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \land, \wedge, \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
Dysjunction, OR, ∨, +, &lt;br /&gt;
 \lor, \vee, +&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusive dysjunction, XOR ⊻, ⊕&lt;br /&gt;
 \veebar, \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence, If and only if, Iff, ≡, ↔, ⇔&lt;br /&gt;
  \equiv, \leftrightarrow \iff&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: two representations of De Morgan&#039;s laws:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}} SS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ (A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B}) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a particular font you need to access the font using the same syntax as demonstrated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A math calligraphic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blackboard bold, a Castellar type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often used in number theory. For example: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of natural numbers including 0 {0, 1, 2, 3, ...}, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of integers {-..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... }, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of rational numbers, including integers, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{R}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of real numbers, which includes the natural numbers, rational numbers and irrational numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fraktur, an Old English type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is different in Tex Notation in Moodle than it is for other, full, TeX packages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An italic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A normal, upright non-italic, Roman font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
A bold-face font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of displays==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default size is rendered slightly larger than normal font size. TeX Notation in Moodle uses eight different sizes ranging from &amp;quot;tiny&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;huge&amp;quot;. However,these values seem to mean different things and are, I suspect, dependent upon the User&#039;s screen resolution. The sizes can be noted in four different ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fontsize{0} to \fontsize{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fontsize{2} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs{0} to \fs{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs{4} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs0 to \fs7&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs6 x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| As well, you can use \tiny \small &lt;br /&gt;
\normalsize \large \Large &lt;br /&gt;
\LARGE \huge \Huge&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\normalsize x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that TeX Notation in Moodle now allows \fs6, \fs7, \huge and \Huge to be properly rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Colour==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many scripting languages, we only need to name the colour we want to use. You may have to experiment a little with colours, but it will make for a brighter page. Once named, the entire statement will appear in the colour, and if you mix colours, the last named colour will dominate. Some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30a.gif|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \blue x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30b.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \green x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30c.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}$$ $$ \times $$ &lt;br /&gt;
$$\green (y \ + \ 12) $$ $$ \ = $$ $$ \ \blue 6^3 $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30d.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle 2.2 note: You may find this doesn&#039;t work for you. You can try to add &amp;quot;\usepackage{color}&amp;quot; to your tex notation setting &amp;quot;LaTeX preamble&amp;quot; (under Site adminstration/Plugins/Filters/TeX notation)and then use this new syntax: $$ \color{red} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may note this last one, it is considerably more complex than the previous for colours. TeX Notation in Windows does not allow multicoloured equations, if you name a number of colours in the equation, only the last named will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geometric Shapes== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to produce geometric shapes, one is with circles and the other is with lines. Each take a bit of practice to get right, but they can provide some simple geometry. It may be easier to produce the shapes in Illustrator or Paint Shop Pro or any one of a number of other drawing packages and use them to illustrate your lessons, but sometimes, some simple diagrams in Moodle will do a better job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Circles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Circles are easy to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex20.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Circles are easily created, and only needs a number to determine how large the circle is. &lt;br /&gt;
To create the circle use $$ \circle(150) $$. This makes a circle of 150 pixels in diameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcs are also easy to produce, but require some additional parameters. The same code structure used in circles create the basic shape, but the inclusion of a start and end point creates only the arc. However, notice where the 0 point is, not at the true North, but rather the East and run in an anti-clockwise direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;90,180)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;0,90)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;180,270)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;270,360)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure breaks down into the \circle command followed by the diameter, not the radius, of the circle, followed by a semi-colon, then the demarcation of the arc, the nomination of the start and end points in degrees from the 0, East, start point. Note that the canvas is the size of the diameter nominated by the circle&#039;s parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The \picture Command==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using circles and arcs as shown above is somewhat limiting. The \picture command allows you to use a frame in which to build a picture of many layers. Each part of the picture though needs to be in its own space, and while this frame allows you to be creative, to a degree, there are some very hard and fast rules about using it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All elements of a picture need to be located within the picture frame. Unexpected results occur when parts of an arc, for example, runs over the border of the frame. (This is particularly true of lines, which we will get to next, and the consequences of that overstepping of the border can cause serious problems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \picture command is structured like:&lt;br /&gt;
   \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&lt;br /&gt;
   \command(size of frame){(x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate){\shape to draw(size or x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate)})  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brace is used to enclose each set of required starting point coordinates. Inside each set of braces, another set of braces is used to isolate each set of coordinates from the other, and those coordinates use their proper brackets and backslash. Count the opening and closing brackets, be careful of the position,       &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture frame brings elements together that you may not otherwise see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the frame size of 100px and the centre point of the circle in the mid-point of the frame, the 200px circle will be squashed. Unexpected results occur when sizes are not correct.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Using the picture frame, you can layer circles &lt;br /&gt;
and lines over each other, or they can intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(99)} (50,50){\circle(80)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| You may want to see an image of a circle with a dot in the middle. &lt;br /&gt;
You may have to try to place the centre dot correctly , but the &lt;br /&gt;
ordering of the elements in the image may have an impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(48,46){\bullet}(50,50){\circle(99)}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Using the same ideas as above, you can make semi-circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(150){(50,50){\circle(100;0,180)}(100,50){\circle(100;180,360)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing lines in TeX Notation in Moodle is an issue, go to the [[Using_TeX_Notation#Reserved_Characters_and_Keywords| Using Text Notation]] for more information. If the line is not noted properly then the parser will try to correctly draw the line but will not successfully complete it. This means that every image that needs be drawn will be drawn until it hits the error. When the error is being converted, it fails, so no subsequent image is drawn. Be careful and make sure your line works BEFORE you move to the next problem or next image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex26.gif|frame|left| a couple of lines]] &lt;br /&gt;
| $$\red \picture(200){(20,0){ \line(180,0)}{(20,180){\line(180,0}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the picture box is that the \picture(200) provides a square image template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The (20,0) provides the starting coordinates for any line that comes after. In this case the start point is at 20pixels in the x axis and 0 pixels in the y axis. The starting point for all coordinates, 0,0, is the bottom left corner and they run in a clockwise manner. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not confuse this with arcs.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \line(180,0) determines the length and inclination of the line. In this case, the inclination is 0 and the length is 180px. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are enclosed in braces, all inside one set of braces owned by the \picture() control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next set of commands are the same, that is, the (20,200) are the coordinates of the next line. The x co-ordinate is the 20, that is the distance to the right from the 0 point. The y co-ordinates is the distance from the bottom of the image. Whereas the first line started and ran on the bottom of the picture frame, the y co-ordinate starts at the 200 pixel mark from the bottom of the image. The line, at 180 pixels long and has no y slope. This creates a spread pair of parallel lines.     &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimtex27.gif|thumb|right|150px|\picture explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this explains the structure of a line, there is a couple of elements that you need to go through to do more with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Squares and Rectangles==&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing squares and rectangles is similar, but only slightly different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should be a square box tool, and there is, but unless it has something inside it, it does not display. It is actually easier to make a square using the \line command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line03.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is constructed using:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
It is a 250 pixel square box with a 230 pixel square inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line04.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is different in that is has the equal length indicators that are used in a square.&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(5,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,10){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,5){\line(0,10)}&lt;br /&gt;
(240,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(235,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,240){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,235){\line(0,10)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line05.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The rectangle then becomes the same thing, but with one side shorter. For a portrait canvas it would be:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(150,0)}(160,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(150,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line06.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The rectangle can also produce a landscape shape:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,160)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,160)}(10,170){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controlling Angles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controlling angles is a little different. They involve a different perception, but not one that is unfamiliar. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a point from which we want to draw a line that is on an angle. The notation used at this point can be positive, positive or positive, negative or negative, positive or negative, negative. Think of it like a number plane or a graph, using directed numbers. The 0,0 point is in the centre, and we have four quadrants around it that give us one of the previously mentioned results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Image:co-ordquadrants.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06a.gif|left]] $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}}$$, &lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06b.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06c.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06d.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and a negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, what these points boil down to is that anything above the insertion point is a positive on the y axis, anything below is a negative. Anything to the left of the insertion point is a negative while everything to the right is a positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:line06e.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The co-ordinate alignment process in TeX is not that good that you can use one set of co-ords as a single starting point for all lines. The layering of each object varies because of the position of the previous object, so each object needs to be exactly placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This co-ord structure has a great deal of impact on intersecting lines, parallel lines and triangles. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intersecting Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set up an intersecting pair easily enough, using the \picture control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex31.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)} (0,130){\line(180,-180)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines that are drawn can be labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)}(0,130){\line(180,-180)}&lt;br /&gt;
(0,10){A}(0,135){B}(140,0){C}(140,150){D}(62,80){X}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To produce another image.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex32.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| To which you may want to ask the question: &lt;br /&gt;
$$The \ \angle \ of \ AXB \ is \ 72\textdegree. \ What \ is \ the \ value \ of \ \angle BXD? $$&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Image: cfmimetex32a.gif|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Labeling this image, above-right, turned out to be fairly simple. Offsetting points by a few pixels at the start or end points of the lines proved a successful strategy. The X point proved a little more problematic, and took a number of adjustments before getting it right. Experience here will help.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| With labels the drawing can become a little more like your traditional geometric drawing, but the devil is in the details. The parallel markers need to be placed properly, and that is where experience really comes into it. On lines that are vertical or horizontal, you can get away with using the &amp;gt; or &amp;lt; directly from the keyboard, or the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  symbols. In either case, you need to position them properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(200){(15,45){\line(170,0)} (15,30){c}(170,28){d}(15,160){\line(170,0)}(15,145){e}(180,143){f}(50,20){\line(110,175)}(58,20){a}(140,185){b}(42,32){\kappa}(53,48){\beta}&lt;br /&gt;
(150,165){\kappa}&lt;br /&gt;
(90,38){\gg}(80,153){\gg}&lt;br /&gt;
}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line10.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines and Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining lines and arcs is a serious challenge actually, on a number of levels. For example lets take an arc from the first page on circles.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Fairly innocuous of itself, but when we start to add in elements, it changes dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \circle(120;90,180) $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line12.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(150){(75,75){\circle(120;90,180)}(75,75){\line(-70,0)}(75,75){\line(0,75)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
All elements in this drawing start in the same place. Each is layered, and properly placed on the canvas, and using the same co-ord to start makes it easy to control them. No matter the size of the arc, intersecting lines can all be drawn using the centre co-ords of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Triangles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the drawing objects, it is actually triangles that present the most challenge. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line13.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350){(10,10){\line(0,320)}(10,330){\line(330,0)}(10,10){\line(330,320)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a simple triangle, one that allows us to establish a simple set of rules for the sides. The vertical always has an x=0 co-ord and the horizontal always has a y=0 co-ord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case with an x value of 330 on the horizontal, and a y value of 320 on the vertical, the hypotenuse should then have a value of x=340, and the y=330, but not so, they actually have an x=330 and a y=320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to add the starting point co-ords to the x and y values of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line14.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$picture(350){(10,10){\line(330,0)}(340,10){\line(0,320)}(340,330){\line(-330,-320)}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This triangle has been developed for a Trigonometry page - but the additional notation should provide insight into how you can use it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line16.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a labeled image, but it has an \fbox in it with its little line. With some effort, it could be replaced with two intersecting short lines.&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350,150){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(325,25){\line(0,110)}(25,25){\line(300,110)}(309,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}&lt;br /&gt;
(307,98){\theta}(135,75){\beta}(150,5){\alpha}(335,75){\epsilon}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| The triangle shows like: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:trig01.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|We use the different elements of the triangle to identify those things we need to know about a right-angled triangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hypotenuse is always the side that is opposite the right angle. The longest side is always the Hypotenuse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify the other elements of the triangle we look for the sign &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the starting point for naming the other sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that is opposite &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Opposite. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that lies alongside &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Adjacent side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine which is which, draw a line that bisects &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and whatever line it crosses is the Opposite side. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(350,250){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(25,25){\line(0,220)}(25,245){\line(300,-220)}(310,25){\circle(100;135,180)}(20,100){\line(310,-75)} (25,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}(25,25){\line(150,150)}(165,140){Hypotenuse}(120,2){Adjacent}(2,80){\rotatebox{90}{Opposite}}(270,40){\theta}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Matrices=&lt;br /&gt;
A Matrix is a rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns which can be used to organize numeric information. Matrices can be used to predict trends and outcomes in real situations - i.e. polling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
A matrix can be written and displayed like [[Image: matrices03.gif|A matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the matrix is constructed using the brackets before creating the array:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ M = \left[\begin{array}{ccc} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
The internal structure of the array is generated by the &amp;amp;, ampersand, and the double backslash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a grid for the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A dashed line&lt;br /&gt;
|A solid line&lt;br /&gt;
|A mixed line&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices04.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices05.gif]]	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices06.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c.c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c|c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command sequences here are the {c|c.c} and \hdash and \hline. The pipe, |, and the full stop determine the line type for the vertical line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matrices also respond to other TeX Notation commands such as size and colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Colour&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Size&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices07.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices08.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices09.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\blue&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs7&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs2&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating equal and unequal matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
Equal and unequal matrices are simply matrices that either share or not share the same number of rows and columns. To be more precise, equal matrices share the same order and each element in the corresponding positions are equal. Anything else is unequal matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually equal and unequal matrices are constructed along similar lines, but have different shapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Equal Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|An unequal matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices10.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b \ c&amp;amp;d \ e&amp;amp;f \end{array}\right] \ \neq \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Labeling a Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition and subtraction matrices are similar again, but the presentation is usually very different. The problem comes when trying to mix labels into arrays. The lack of sophistication in the TeX Notation plays against it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle allows an easy adoption of tables to make it work though. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker supplies three shops, A, B and C with pies, pasties and sausage rolls. &lt;br /&gt;
  He is expected to determine the stock levels of those three shops in his estimation of supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is better to use the Moodle Fullscreen editor for this, to have a better idea of how the end product will look and to take advantage of the additional tools available. Design decisions need occupy our attention for a while. We need a table of five rows and four columns. The first row is a header row, so the label is centred. The next row needs four columns, a blank cell to start and labels A, B and C. The next three rows are divided into two columns, with the labels, pies, pasties and sausage rolls in each row of the first column and the matrix resides in a merged set of columns there. So first the table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Insert Table - initial properties&lt;br /&gt;
| Merge Cells Button&lt;br /&gt;
| Advanced Properties&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Image: matricestable01.png|Table properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable02.png | Merge cells]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable03.png | Cell properties button]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| You may need to look into the Advanced properties setting of the tables and cells to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the immediate result: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable04.png | The resulting table]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not a very good look, it can be made better by tweaking the table using the advanced settings and properties buttons and then you can tweak the matrix itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tweaking the Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable05a.png | A tweaked matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things are not always as they seem, be aware, the &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; does not stand for &amp;quot;column&amp;quot;, it actually stands for &amp;quot;centre&amp;quot;. The columns are aligned by the letters l, for left, c for centre and r for right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column is spread across 50 pixels, so the value of 50 is entered into the alignment declaration. The plus sign before the value is used to &amp;quot;propogate&amp;quot; or to force the value across the whole matrix, but is not used when wanting to separate only one column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the rows is a little more problematic. The capital letter C sets the vertical alignment to the centre, (B is for baseline, but that does not guarantee that the numbers will appear on the base line, and there does not appear to be any third value). The plus sign and following value sets the height of all rows to the number given. In this I have given it a value of 25 pixels for the entire matrix. If there were four or five rows, the same height requirement is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order things appear is also important. If you change the order of these settings, they will either not work at all, or will not render as you expect them to. If something does not work properly, then check to make sure you have the right order first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Addition Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rule for performing operations on matrices is that they must be equal matrices. For example, addition matrices look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable06.png | An addition matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the results obvious. The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] + \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  60&amp;amp;60&amp;amp;60 \ \hdash 40&amp;amp;40&amp;amp;30 \ \hdash 30&amp;amp;30&amp;amp;30&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Subtraction Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an addition matrix in its construction, the subtraction matrix is subject to the same rules of equality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same essential data, we can calculate the daily sales of each of the shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable07.png | A subtraction matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  72&amp;amp;95&amp;amp;68 \ \hdash 54&amp;amp;61&amp;amp;65 \ \hdash 48&amp;amp;51&amp;amp;60&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] - \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash 16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] = \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  61&amp;amp;81&amp;amp;56 \ \hdash 38&amp;amp;49&amp;amp;43 \ \hdash 34&amp;amp;34&amp;amp;48&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code looks more complex than it really is, it is cluttered by the lines and alignment sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiplication Matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different than the addition or subtraction matrices, the multiplication matrix comes in three parts, the row matrix, the column matrix and the answer matrix. This implies it has a different construction methodology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices16.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \begin{array} 10&amp;amp;amp;14&amp;amp;amp;16\end{array} \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} 45 \\ 61 \\ 19 \end{array}\right] &lt;br /&gt;
  \ = \ \begin{array} 450&amp;amp;amp;854&amp;amp;amp;304\end{array} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different, it is not necessarily more complex. For example a problem like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker is selling his product to Con the cafe owner, who &lt;br /&gt;
  wants to make sure his overall prices are profitable for himself. &lt;br /&gt;
  Con needs to make sure that his average price is providing sufficient &lt;br /&gt;
  profit to be able to keep the cafes open. Con makes his calculations &lt;br /&gt;
  on a weekly basis, comparing cost to sale prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the pies, pasties and sausage rolls in that order he applies them to the cost and sale price columns :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices17.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array} 350&amp;amp;amp;310&amp;amp;amp;270 \end{array}\right] \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} \$2.10&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$2.05&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$1.90&amp;amp;amp;\$3.10 \end{array} &lt;br /&gt;
  \right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} \$735.00&amp;amp;amp;\$1260.00 \ \$635.50&amp;amp;amp;\$1116.00 \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \$513.00&amp;amp;amp;$\837.00 \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mathematics_tools_FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MathJax_filter]] - available in Moodle 2.7 and later&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TeX notation filter]] To turn on the TeX Notation &lt;br /&gt;
* [[DragMath equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chemistry notation using mhchem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=File:TeXEquationWithinText.png&amp;diff=127397</id>
		<title>File:TeXEquationWithinText.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=File:TeXEquationWithinText.png&amp;diff=127397"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T20:41:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: A TeX equation displayed within adjacent text.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A TeX equation displayed within adjacent text.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127396</id>
		<title>Using TeX Notation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127396"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T20:14:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
TeX (&#039;&#039;&#039;/&#039;tɛx/tekh&#039;&#039;&#039;, often pronounced TeK in English)  is a very widespread and popular way of representing Mathematics notation using only characters that you can type on a keyboard (see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TeX Wikipedia]).  This makes it a useful format to use in Moodle, since it can be entered anywhere you can type text, from forum posts to quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX expressions can be entered in multiple ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* typing them directly into texts.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the Java-based Dragmath editor in Moodle&#039;s TinyMCE editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the HTML-based equation editor in Moodle&#039;s Atto editor (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, TeX expressions are rendered into Mathematics notation:&lt;br /&gt;
* using the TeX filter in Moodle, which uses a TeX binary installed on the server to convert expressions into .gif images (or if that is not available, it falls back to a simple built-in mimetex binary).&lt;br /&gt;
* using the [[MathJax_filter]] which identifies TeX expressions and uses the Mathjax JS library to render them in browsers at display time (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
* using other third-party solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can imagine, the whole field is not as simple as we would like, especially because there are many flavours of TeX and slight variations between tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page focusses only on using TeX in core Moodle.  See the links at the bottom of this page for more information on setting up TeX editors and filters, including other tools from the Moodle community that may be suitable for advanced users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This Wiki environment uses a DIFFERENT TeX renderer to Moodle, especially when it comes to control sequences.  For this reason images are sometimes used to represent what it should look like in Moodle.   YMMV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Language Conventions== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a TeX sequence in your text, surround it with $$ markers. To invoke a particular command or control sequence, use the backslash, \. A typical control sequence looks like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) $$  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex10.gif|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fraction and square root.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional spaces can be placed into the equation using the \ without a trailing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation displayed on its own line== &lt;br /&gt;
When an equation is surrounded by a pair of  $$ markers, it is displayed centered on its own line. The $$’s are primitive TeX markers. With LaTeX, it is often recommended to use the pair \[ and \] to enclose equations, rather than the $$ markers, because the newer syntax checks for mistyped equations and better adjusts vertical spacing. If the TeX Notation filter is activated, which set a LaTeX renderer, the same equation as above is obtained with the following control sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\[&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the equation is mistyped, it will be displayed enclosed in a box to signal the mistake and if the equation appears in a new paragraph, the vertical space above the equation will adjust correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using \[ … \] instead of $$ … $$ may have other advantages. For example, with the Wiris equation editor installed, the Atto editor undesirably transforms the TeX code of equations enclosed with $$ into XML code, whereas it does not do so when the equations are enclosed with \[ and \].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation displayed within text== &lt;br /&gt;
An equation is displayed within the text when it is surrounded by the pair \( and \).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reserved Characters and Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most characters and numbers on the keyboard can be used at their default value. As with any computing language, though, there are a set of reserved characters and keywords that are used by the program for its own purposes. TeX Notation is no different, but it does have a very small set of Reserved Characters. This will not be a complete list of reserved characters, but some of these are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use these characters in an equation just place the \ in front of them like \$ or \%. If you want to use the backslash, just use \backslash. The only exception here seems to be the &amp;amp;, ampersand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Superscripts, Subscripts and Roots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts are recorded using the caret, ^, symbol. An example for a Maths class might be: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  This is a shorthand way of saying: &lt;br /&gt;
  (4 x 4) x (4 x 4 x 4) = (4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4)&lt;br /&gt;
  or&lt;br /&gt;
  16 x 64 = 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subscripts are similar, but use the underscore character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is OK if you want superscripts or subscripts, but square roots are a little different. This uses a control sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \sqrt{64} \ = \ 8 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqrt{64} \ = \ 8&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take this a little further, but adding in a control character. You may ask a question like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n? $$  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n?&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using these different commands allows you to develop equations like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts, Subscripts and roots can also be noted in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fractions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fractions in TeX are actually simple, as long as you remember the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{numerator}{denominator} $$ which produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{numerator}{denominator}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be given as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is entered as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}.$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With fractions (as with other commands) the curly brackets can be nested so that for example you can implement negative exponents in fractions.  As you can see,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac {5^{-2}}{3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {5^{-2}}{3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac{3}{4^{-3}}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{3}{4^{-3}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You likely do not want to use $$\frac{3}{4}^{-3}$$ as it produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{3}{4}^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use fractions and negative exponents in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As students advance through Maths, they come into contact with brackets. Algebraic notation depends heavily on brackets. The usual keyboard values of ( and ) are useful, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually, these brackets are enough for most formulae but they will not be in some circumstances. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ (x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is OK, but try it this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple change using the \left( and \right) symbols instead. Note the actual bracket is both named and presented. Brackets are almost essential in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellipsis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ellipsis is a simple code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Written like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n  $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more practical application could be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Add together all the numbers from 1 &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; 38.&lt;br /&gt;
  What is an elegant and simple solution to this problem?&lt;br /&gt;
  Can you create an algebraic function to explain this solution?&lt;br /&gt;
  Will your solution work for all numbers?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer:&lt;br /&gt;
The question uses an even number to demonstrate a mathematical process and generate an algebraic formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class = &amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 1:&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 2.&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 3.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1. \ 1 \ + \ 38 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2. \ 2 \ + \ 37 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3. \ 3 \ + \ 36 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;19. 19 \ + \ 20 \ = \ 39 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 39 \ \times \ 19 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 741 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|An algebraic function might read something like:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t = (1 + n) \times n/2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where t = total and n = the last number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The solution is that, using the largest and the smallest numbers, the numbers are added and then multiplied by the number of different combinations to produce the same result adding the first and last numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer must depend on the number, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{n}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; being a whole number. Therefore, the solution will not work for an odd range of numbers, only an even range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbols==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not all the symbols that may be available in TeX Notation for Moodle, just the ones that I have found to work in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \amalg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\amalg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oplus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \times&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|\ast&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ast&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|\dagger&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleleft&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleleft&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigcirc&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcirc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddagger&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ddagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \otimes&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\otimes&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleright&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleright&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangledown&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangledown&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\diamond&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \pm&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pm&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  	&lt;br /&gt;
| \odot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\odot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangleup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangleup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \div&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\div&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ominus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ominus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wr&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wr&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \circ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\circ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wedge&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wedge&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vee&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vee&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqcup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqcup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \leq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\leq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \geq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\geq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \equiv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\equiv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \prec&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\prec&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sim&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \perp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\perp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \preceq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\preceq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \simeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\simeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \mid&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mid&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ll&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \gg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \asymp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\asymp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \parallel&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\parallel&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \supset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \supseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \approx&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \neq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\neq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ni&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \notin&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\notin&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \in&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vdash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \dashv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dashv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \bullet&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bullet&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftarrow	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightharpoons&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightleftharpoons&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Im&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Im&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \nearrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nearrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \nwarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nwarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \swarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \swarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \searrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \searrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delimiters and Maths Constructs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Most delimiters and constructs need additional parameters for them to appear appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \{x&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \{x &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| x | \}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x | \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \rangle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rangle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \langle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \langle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \angle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \angle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \=&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt[n]{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt[n]{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \frac{ab}{cd}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{ab}{cd}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \backslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \backslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \widehat{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \widehat{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \$&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \$ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \overline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \overline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \underline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \underline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \therefore&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \therefore&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \ddots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \%&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \#&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \# &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \emptyset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \emptyset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
WARNINGS: The &amp;amp; character in LaTeX usually requires a backslash, \. In TeX Notation for Moodle, apparently, it does not. Other packages, AsciiMath, may use it differently again so be careful using it. The copyright character may use the MimeTeX charset, and produces a copyright notice for John Forkosh Associates who provided a lot of the essential packages for the TeX Notation for Moodle, so I understand. I have been, almost reliably, informed that a particular instruction will produce a different notice though .:)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a number of characters that can be used in TeX Notation for Moodle but do not render in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex08.png|frame|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Larger \left(x and \right) brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex06.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \widetilde{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex09.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \textdegree or (50)^\circ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek Letters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \alpha  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \beta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \gamma &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \epsilon &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\zeta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \zeta &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \eta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \theta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\iota&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \iota &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \kappa &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \lambda &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \mu &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\xi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \xi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \pi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \rho &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \sigma &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tau&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \tau &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \upsilon &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \phi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\chi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \chi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\psi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \psi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Theta&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Pi  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Phi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Gamma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Gamma&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Lambda  &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Sigma  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Psi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Psi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Xi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Upsilon&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vartheta &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \vartheta&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varrho  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varrho&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varphi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varphi &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varsigma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varsigma&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notable Exceptions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greek letter omicron (traditionally, mathemeticians don&#039;t make much use of omicron due to possible confusion with zero). Simply put, lowercase omicron is an &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; redered as &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. But note \omicron may now work with recent TeX implementations including MathJax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, these Greek capital letters cannot be rendered by TeX Notation in Moodle: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha, Beta, Zeta, Eta, Tau, Chi, Mu, Iota, Kappa and Epsilon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX methematics adopts the convention that lowercase Greek symbols are displayed as italics whereas uppercase Greek symbols are displayed as upright characters. Therefore, the missing Greek capital letters can simply be represented by the \mathrm{ } equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{A, B, Z, H, T, X, M, I, K, E}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boolean algebra==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of different conventions for representing Boolean (logic) algebra. Common conventions used in computer science and electronics are detailed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negation, NOT, ¬, !, ~, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \lnot, !, \sim, \overline{ }&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunction, AND, ∧, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \land, \wedge, \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
Dysjunction, OR, ∨, +, &lt;br /&gt;
 \lor, \vee, +&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusive dysjunction, XOR ⊻, ⊕&lt;br /&gt;
 \veebar, \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence, If and only if, Iff, ≡, ↔, ⇔&lt;br /&gt;
  \equiv, \leftrightarrow \iff&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: two representations of De Morgan&#039;s laws:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}} SS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ (A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B}) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a particular font you need to access the font using the same syntax as demonstrated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A math calligraphic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blackboard bold, a Castellar type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often used in number theory. For example: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of natural numbers including 0 {0, 1, 2, 3, ...}, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of integers {-..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... }, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of rational numbers, including integers, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{R}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of real numbers, which includes the natural numbers, rational numbers and irrational numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fraktur, an Old English type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is different in Tex Notation in Moodle than it is for other, full, TeX packages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An italic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A normal, upright non-italic, Roman font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
A bold-face font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of displays==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default size is rendered slightly larger than normal font size. TeX Notation in Moodle uses eight different sizes ranging from &amp;quot;tiny&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;huge&amp;quot;. However,these values seem to mean different things and are, I suspect, dependent upon the User&#039;s screen resolution. The sizes can be noted in four different ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fontsize{0} to \fontsize{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fontsize{2} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs{0} to \fs{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs{4} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs0 to \fs7&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs6 x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| As well, you can use \tiny \small &lt;br /&gt;
\normalsize \large \Large &lt;br /&gt;
\LARGE \huge \Huge&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\normalsize x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that TeX Notation in Moodle now allows \fs6, \fs7, \huge and \Huge to be properly rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Colour==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many scripting languages, we only need to name the colour we want to use. You may have to experiment a little with colours, but it will make for a brighter page. Once named, the entire statement will appear in the colour, and if you mix colours, the last named colour will dominate. Some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30a.gif|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \blue x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30b.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \green x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30c.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}$$ $$ \times $$ &lt;br /&gt;
$$\green (y \ + \ 12) $$ $$ \ = $$ $$ \ \blue 6^3 $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30d.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle 2.2 note: You may find this doesn&#039;t work for you. You can try to add &amp;quot;\usepackage{color}&amp;quot; to your tex notation setting &amp;quot;LaTeX preamble&amp;quot; (under Site adminstration/Plugins/Filters/TeX notation)and then use this new syntax: $$ \color{red} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may note this last one, it is considerably more complex than the previous for colours. TeX Notation in Windows does not allow multicoloured equations, if you name a number of colours in the equation, only the last named will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geometric Shapes== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to produce geometric shapes, one is with circles and the other is with lines. Each take a bit of practice to get right, but they can provide some simple geometry. It may be easier to produce the shapes in Illustrator or Paint Shop Pro or any one of a number of other drawing packages and use them to illustrate your lessons, but sometimes, some simple diagrams in Moodle will do a better job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Circles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Circles are easy to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex20.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Circles are easily created, and only needs a number to determine how large the circle is. &lt;br /&gt;
To create the circle use $$ \circle(150) $$. This makes a circle of 150 pixels in diameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcs are also easy to produce, but require some additional parameters. The same code structure used in circles create the basic shape, but the inclusion of a start and end point creates only the arc. However, notice where the 0 point is, not at the true North, but rather the East and run in an anti-clockwise direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;90,180)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;0,90)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;180,270)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;270,360)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure breaks down into the \circle command followed by the diameter, not the radius, of the circle, followed by a semi-colon, then the demarcation of the arc, the nomination of the start and end points in degrees from the 0, East, start point. Note that the canvas is the size of the diameter nominated by the circle&#039;s parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The \picture Command==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using circles and arcs as shown above is somewhat limiting. The \picture command allows you to use a frame in which to build a picture of many layers. Each part of the picture though needs to be in its own space, and while this frame allows you to be creative, to a degree, there are some very hard and fast rules about using it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All elements of a picture need to be located within the picture frame. Unexpected results occur when parts of an arc, for example, runs over the border of the frame. (This is particularly true of lines, which we will get to next, and the consequences of that overstepping of the border can cause serious problems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \picture command is structured like:&lt;br /&gt;
   \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&lt;br /&gt;
   \command(size of frame){(x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate){\shape to draw(size or x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate)})  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brace is used to enclose each set of required starting point coordinates. Inside each set of braces, another set of braces is used to isolate each set of coordinates from the other, and those coordinates use their proper brackets and backslash. Count the opening and closing brackets, be careful of the position,       &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture frame brings elements together that you may not otherwise see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the frame size of 100px and the centre point of the circle in the mid-point of the frame, the 200px circle will be squashed. Unexpected results occur when sizes are not correct.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Using the picture frame, you can layer circles &lt;br /&gt;
and lines over each other, or they can intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(99)} (50,50){\circle(80)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| You may want to see an image of a circle with a dot in the middle. &lt;br /&gt;
You may have to try to place the centre dot correctly , but the &lt;br /&gt;
ordering of the elements in the image may have an impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(48,46){\bullet}(50,50){\circle(99)}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Using the same ideas as above, you can make semi-circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(150){(50,50){\circle(100;0,180)}(100,50){\circle(100;180,360)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing lines in TeX Notation in Moodle is an issue, go to the [[Using_TeX_Notation#Reserved_Characters_and_Keywords| Using Text Notation]] for more information. If the line is not noted properly then the parser will try to correctly draw the line but will not successfully complete it. This means that every image that needs be drawn will be drawn until it hits the error. When the error is being converted, it fails, so no subsequent image is drawn. Be careful and make sure your line works BEFORE you move to the next problem or next image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex26.gif|frame|left| a couple of lines]] &lt;br /&gt;
| $$\red \picture(200){(20,0){ \line(180,0)}{(20,180){\line(180,0}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the picture box is that the \picture(200) provides a square image template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The (20,0) provides the starting coordinates for any line that comes after. In this case the start point is at 20pixels in the x axis and 0 pixels in the y axis. The starting point for all coordinates, 0,0, is the bottom left corner and they run in a clockwise manner. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not confuse this with arcs.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \line(180,0) determines the length and inclination of the line. In this case, the inclination is 0 and the length is 180px. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are enclosed in braces, all inside one set of braces owned by the \picture() control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next set of commands are the same, that is, the (20,200) are the coordinates of the next line. The x co-ordinate is the 20, that is the distance to the right from the 0 point. The y co-ordinates is the distance from the bottom of the image. Whereas the first line started and ran on the bottom of the picture frame, the y co-ordinate starts at the 200 pixel mark from the bottom of the image. The line, at 180 pixels long and has no y slope. This creates a spread pair of parallel lines.     &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimtex27.gif|thumb|right|150px|\picture explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this explains the structure of a line, there is a couple of elements that you need to go through to do more with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Squares and Rectangles==&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing squares and rectangles is similar, but only slightly different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should be a square box tool, and there is, but unless it has something inside it, it does not display. It is actually easier to make a square using the \line command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line03.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is constructed using:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
It is a 250 pixel square box with a 230 pixel square inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line04.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is different in that is has the equal length indicators that are used in a square.&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(5,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,10){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,5){\line(0,10)}&lt;br /&gt;
(240,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(235,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,240){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,235){\line(0,10)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line05.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The rectangle then becomes the same thing, but with one side shorter. For a portrait canvas it would be:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(150,0)}(160,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(150,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line06.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The rectangle can also produce a landscape shape:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,160)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,160)}(10,170){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controlling Angles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controlling angles is a little different. They involve a different perception, but not one that is unfamiliar. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a point from which we want to draw a line that is on an angle. The notation used at this point can be positive, positive or positive, negative or negative, positive or negative, negative. Think of it like a number plane or a graph, using directed numbers. The 0,0 point is in the centre, and we have four quadrants around it that give us one of the previously mentioned results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Image:co-ordquadrants.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06a.gif|left]] $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}}$$, &lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06b.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06c.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06d.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and a negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, what these points boil down to is that anything above the insertion point is a positive on the y axis, anything below is a negative. Anything to the left of the insertion point is a negative while everything to the right is a positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:line06e.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The co-ordinate alignment process in TeX is not that good that you can use one set of co-ords as a single starting point for all lines. The layering of each object varies because of the position of the previous object, so each object needs to be exactly placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This co-ord structure has a great deal of impact on intersecting lines, parallel lines and triangles. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intersecting Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set up an intersecting pair easily enough, using the \picture control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex31.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)} (0,130){\line(180,-180)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines that are drawn can be labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)}(0,130){\line(180,-180)}&lt;br /&gt;
(0,10){A}(0,135){B}(140,0){C}(140,150){D}(62,80){X}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To produce another image.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex32.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| To which you may want to ask the question: &lt;br /&gt;
$$The \ \angle \ of \ AXB \ is \ 72\textdegree. \ What \ is \ the \ value \ of \ \angle BXD? $$&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Image: cfmimetex32a.gif|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Labeling this image, above-right, turned out to be fairly simple. Offsetting points by a few pixels at the start or end points of the lines proved a successful strategy. The X point proved a little more problematic, and took a number of adjustments before getting it right. Experience here will help.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| With labels the drawing can become a little more like your traditional geometric drawing, but the devil is in the details. The parallel markers need to be placed properly, and that is where experience really comes into it. On lines that are vertical or horizontal, you can get away with using the &amp;gt; or &amp;lt; directly from the keyboard, or the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  symbols. In either case, you need to position them properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(200){(15,45){\line(170,0)} (15,30){c}(170,28){d}(15,160){\line(170,0)}(15,145){e}(180,143){f}(50,20){\line(110,175)}(58,20){a}(140,185){b}(42,32){\kappa}(53,48){\beta}&lt;br /&gt;
(150,165){\kappa}&lt;br /&gt;
(90,38){\gg}(80,153){\gg}&lt;br /&gt;
}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line10.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines and Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining lines and arcs is a serious challenge actually, on a number of levels. For example lets take an arc from the first page on circles.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Fairly innocuous of itself, but when we start to add in elements, it changes dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \circle(120;90,180) $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line12.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(150){(75,75){\circle(120;90,180)}(75,75){\line(-70,0)}(75,75){\line(0,75)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
All elements in this drawing start in the same place. Each is layered, and properly placed on the canvas, and using the same co-ord to start makes it easy to control them. No matter the size of the arc, intersecting lines can all be drawn using the centre co-ords of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Triangles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the drawing objects, it is actually triangles that present the most challenge. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line13.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350){(10,10){\line(0,320)}(10,330){\line(330,0)}(10,10){\line(330,320)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a simple triangle, one that allows us to establish a simple set of rules for the sides. The vertical always has an x=0 co-ord and the horizontal always has a y=0 co-ord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case with an x value of 330 on the horizontal, and a y value of 320 on the vertical, the hypotenuse should then have a value of x=340, and the y=330, but not so, they actually have an x=330 and a y=320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to add the starting point co-ords to the x and y values of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line14.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$picture(350){(10,10){\line(330,0)}(340,10){\line(0,320)}(340,330){\line(-330,-320)}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This triangle has been developed for a Trigonometry page - but the additional notation should provide insight into how you can use it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line16.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a labeled image, but it has an \fbox in it with its little line. With some effort, it could be replaced with two intersecting short lines.&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350,150){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(325,25){\line(0,110)}(25,25){\line(300,110)}(309,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}&lt;br /&gt;
(307,98){\theta}(135,75){\beta}(150,5){\alpha}(335,75){\epsilon}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| The triangle shows like: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:trig01.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|We use the different elements of the triangle to identify those things we need to know about a right-angled triangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hypotenuse is always the side that is opposite the right angle. The longest side is always the Hypotenuse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify the other elements of the triangle we look for the sign &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the starting point for naming the other sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that is opposite &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Opposite. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that lies alongside &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Adjacent side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine which is which, draw a line that bisects &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and whatever line it crosses is the Opposite side. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(350,250){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(25,25){\line(0,220)}(25,245){\line(300,-220)}(310,25){\circle(100;135,180)}(20,100){\line(310,-75)} (25,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}(25,25){\line(150,150)}(165,140){Hypotenuse}(120,2){Adjacent}(2,80){\rotatebox{90}{Opposite}}(270,40){\theta}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Matrices=&lt;br /&gt;
A Matrix is a rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns which can be used to organize numeric information. Matrices can be used to predict trends and outcomes in real situations - i.e. polling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
A matrix can be written and displayed like [[Image: matrices03.gif|A matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the matrix is constructed using the brackets before creating the array:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ M = \left[\begin{array}{ccc} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
The internal structure of the array is generated by the &amp;amp;, ampersand, and the double backslash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a grid for the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A dashed line&lt;br /&gt;
|A solid line&lt;br /&gt;
|A mixed line&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices04.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices05.gif]]	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices06.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c.c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c|c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command sequences here are the {c|c.c} and \hdash and \hline. The pipe, |, and the full stop determine the line type for the vertical line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matrices also respond to other TeX Notation commands such as size and colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Colour&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Size&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices07.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices08.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices09.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\blue&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs7&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs2&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating equal and unequal matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
Equal and unequal matrices are simply matrices that either share or not share the same number of rows and columns. To be more precise, equal matrices share the same order and each element in the corresponding positions are equal. Anything else is unequal matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually equal and unequal matrices are constructed along similar lines, but have different shapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Equal Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|An unequal matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices10.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b \ c&amp;amp;d \ e&amp;amp;f \end{array}\right] \ \neq \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Labeling a Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition and subtraction matrices are similar again, but the presentation is usually very different. The problem comes when trying to mix labels into arrays. The lack of sophistication in the TeX Notation plays against it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle allows an easy adoption of tables to make it work though. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker supplies three shops, A, B and C with pies, pasties and sausage rolls. &lt;br /&gt;
  He is expected to determine the stock levels of those three shops in his estimation of supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is better to use the Moodle Fullscreen editor for this, to have a better idea of how the end product will look and to take advantage of the additional tools available. Design decisions need occupy our attention for a while. We need a table of five rows and four columns. The first row is a header row, so the label is centred. The next row needs four columns, a blank cell to start and labels A, B and C. The next three rows are divided into two columns, with the labels, pies, pasties and sausage rolls in each row of the first column and the matrix resides in a merged set of columns there. So first the table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Insert Table - initial properties&lt;br /&gt;
| Merge Cells Button&lt;br /&gt;
| Advanced Properties&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Image: matricestable01.png|Table properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable02.png | Merge cells]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable03.png | Cell properties button]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| You may need to look into the Advanced properties setting of the tables and cells to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the immediate result: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable04.png | The resulting table]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not a very good look, it can be made better by tweaking the table using the advanced settings and properties buttons and then you can tweak the matrix itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tweaking the Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable05a.png | A tweaked matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things are not always as they seem, be aware, the &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; does not stand for &amp;quot;column&amp;quot;, it actually stands for &amp;quot;centre&amp;quot;. The columns are aligned by the letters l, for left, c for centre and r for right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column is spread across 50 pixels, so the value of 50 is entered into the alignment declaration. The plus sign before the value is used to &amp;quot;propogate&amp;quot; or to force the value across the whole matrix, but is not used when wanting to separate only one column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the rows is a little more problematic. The capital letter C sets the vertical alignment to the centre, (B is for baseline, but that does not guarantee that the numbers will appear on the base line, and there does not appear to be any third value). The plus sign and following value sets the height of all rows to the number given. In this I have given it a value of 25 pixels for the entire matrix. If there were four or five rows, the same height requirement is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order things appear is also important. If you change the order of these settings, they will either not work at all, or will not render as you expect them to. If something does not work properly, then check to make sure you have the right order first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Addition Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rule for performing operations on matrices is that they must be equal matrices. For example, addition matrices look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable06.png | An addition matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the results obvious. The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] + \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  60&amp;amp;60&amp;amp;60 \ \hdash 40&amp;amp;40&amp;amp;30 \ \hdash 30&amp;amp;30&amp;amp;30&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Subtraction Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an addition matrix in its construction, the subtraction matrix is subject to the same rules of equality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same essential data, we can calculate the daily sales of each of the shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable07.png | A subtraction matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  72&amp;amp;95&amp;amp;68 \ \hdash 54&amp;amp;61&amp;amp;65 \ \hdash 48&amp;amp;51&amp;amp;60&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] - \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash 16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] = \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  61&amp;amp;81&amp;amp;56 \ \hdash 38&amp;amp;49&amp;amp;43 \ \hdash 34&amp;amp;34&amp;amp;48&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code looks more complex than it really is, it is cluttered by the lines and alignment sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiplication Matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different than the addition or subtraction matrices, the multiplication matrix comes in three parts, the row matrix, the column matrix and the answer matrix. This implies it has a different construction methodology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices16.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \begin{array} 10&amp;amp;amp;14&amp;amp;amp;16\end{array} \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} 45 \\ 61 \\ 19 \end{array}\right] &lt;br /&gt;
  \ = \ \begin{array} 450&amp;amp;amp;854&amp;amp;amp;304\end{array} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different, it is not necessarily more complex. For example a problem like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker is selling his product to Con the cafe owner, who &lt;br /&gt;
  wants to make sure his overall prices are profitable for himself. &lt;br /&gt;
  Con needs to make sure that his average price is providing sufficient &lt;br /&gt;
  profit to be able to keep the cafes open. Con makes his calculations &lt;br /&gt;
  on a weekly basis, comparing cost to sale prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the pies, pasties and sausage rolls in that order he applies them to the cost and sale price columns :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices17.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array} 350&amp;amp;amp;310&amp;amp;amp;270 \end{array}\right] \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} \$2.10&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$2.05&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$1.90&amp;amp;amp;\$3.10 \end{array} &lt;br /&gt;
  \right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} \$735.00&amp;amp;amp;\$1260.00 \ \$635.50&amp;amp;amp;\$1116.00 \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \$513.00&amp;amp;amp;$\837.00 \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mathematics_tools_FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MathJax_filter]] - available in Moodle 2.7 and later&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TeX notation filter]] To turn on the TeX Notation &lt;br /&gt;
* [[DragMath equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chemistry notation using mhchem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127395</id>
		<title>Using TeX Notation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127395"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T20:11:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Equation on its own line */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
TeX (&#039;&#039;&#039;/&#039;tɛx/tekh&#039;&#039;&#039;, often pronounced TeK in English)  is a very widespread and popular way of representing Mathematics notation using only characters that you can type on a keyboard (see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TeX Wikipedia]).  This makes it a useful format to use in Moodle, since it can be entered anywhere you can type text, from forum posts to quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX expressions can be entered in multiple ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* typing them directly into texts.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the Java-based Dragmath editor in Moodle&#039;s TinyMCE editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the HTML-based equation editor in Moodle&#039;s Atto editor (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, TeX expressions are rendered into Mathematics notation:&lt;br /&gt;
* using the TeX filter in Moodle, which uses a TeX binary installed on the server to convert expressions into .gif images (or if that is not available, it falls back to a simple built-in mimetex binary).&lt;br /&gt;
* using the [[MathJax_filter]] which identifies TeX expressions and uses the Mathjax JS library to render them in browsers at display time (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
* using other third-party solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can imagine, the whole field is not as simple as we would like, especially because there are many flavours of TeX and slight variations between tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page focusses only on using TeX in core Moodle.  See the links at the bottom of this page for more information on setting up TeX editors and filters, including other tools from the Moodle community that may be suitable for advanced users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This Wiki environment uses a DIFFERENT TeX renderer to Moodle, especially when it comes to control sequences.  For this reason images are sometimes used to represent what it should look like in Moodle.   YMMV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Language Conventions== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a TeX sequence in your text, surround it with $$ markers. To invoke a particular command or control sequence, use the backslash, \. A typical control sequence looks like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) $$  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex10.gif|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fraction and square root.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional spaces can be placed into the equation using the \ without a trailing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation displayed on its own line== &lt;br /&gt;
When an equation is surrounded by a pair of  $$ markers, it is displayed centered on its own line. The $$’s are primitive TeX markers. With LaTeX, it is often recommended to use the pair \[ and \] to enclose equations, rather than the $$ markers, because the newer syntax checks for mistyped equations and better adjusts vertical spacing. If the TeX Notation filter is activated, which set a LaTeX renderer, the same equation as above is obtained with the following control sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\[&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the equation is mistyped, it will be displayed enclosed in a box to signal the mistake and if the equation appears in a new paragraph, the vertical space above the equation will adjust correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using \[ … \] instead of $$ … $$ may have other advantages. For example, with the Wiris equation editor installed, the Atto editor undesirably transforms the TeX code of equations enclosed with $$ into XML code, whereas it does not do so when the equations are enclosed with \[ and \].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reserved Characters and Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most characters and numbers on the keyboard can be used at their default value. As with any computing language, though, there are a set of reserved characters and keywords that are used by the program for its own purposes. TeX Notation is no different, but it does have a very small set of Reserved Characters. This will not be a complete list of reserved characters, but some of these are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use these characters in an equation just place the \ in front of them like \$ or \%. If you want to use the backslash, just use \backslash. The only exception here seems to be the &amp;amp;, ampersand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Superscripts, Subscripts and Roots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts are recorded using the caret, ^, symbol. An example for a Maths class might be: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  This is a shorthand way of saying: &lt;br /&gt;
  (4 x 4) x (4 x 4 x 4) = (4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4)&lt;br /&gt;
  or&lt;br /&gt;
  16 x 64 = 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subscripts are similar, but use the underscore character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is OK if you want superscripts or subscripts, but square roots are a little different. This uses a control sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \sqrt{64} \ = \ 8 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqrt{64} \ = \ 8&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take this a little further, but adding in a control character. You may ask a question like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n? $$  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n?&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using these different commands allows you to develop equations like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts, Subscripts and roots can also be noted in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fractions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fractions in TeX are actually simple, as long as you remember the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{numerator}{denominator} $$ which produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{numerator}{denominator}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be given as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is entered as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}.$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With fractions (as with other commands) the curly brackets can be nested so that for example you can implement negative exponents in fractions.  As you can see,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac {5^{-2}}{3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {5^{-2}}{3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac{3}{4^{-3}}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{3}{4^{-3}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You likely do not want to use $$\frac{3}{4}^{-3}$$ as it produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{3}{4}^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use fractions and negative exponents in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As students advance through Maths, they come into contact with brackets. Algebraic notation depends heavily on brackets. The usual keyboard values of ( and ) are useful, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually, these brackets are enough for most formulae but they will not be in some circumstances. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ (x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is OK, but try it this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple change using the \left( and \right) symbols instead. Note the actual bracket is both named and presented. Brackets are almost essential in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellipsis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ellipsis is a simple code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Written like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n  $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more practical application could be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Add together all the numbers from 1 &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; 38.&lt;br /&gt;
  What is an elegant and simple solution to this problem?&lt;br /&gt;
  Can you create an algebraic function to explain this solution?&lt;br /&gt;
  Will your solution work for all numbers?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer:&lt;br /&gt;
The question uses an even number to demonstrate a mathematical process and generate an algebraic formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class = &amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 1:&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 2.&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 3.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1. \ 1 \ + \ 38 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2. \ 2 \ + \ 37 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3. \ 3 \ + \ 36 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;19. 19 \ + \ 20 \ = \ 39 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 39 \ \times \ 19 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 741 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|An algebraic function might read something like:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t = (1 + n) \times n/2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where t = total and n = the last number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The solution is that, using the largest and the smallest numbers, the numbers are added and then multiplied by the number of different combinations to produce the same result adding the first and last numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer must depend on the number, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{n}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; being a whole number. Therefore, the solution will not work for an odd range of numbers, only an even range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbols==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not all the symbols that may be available in TeX Notation for Moodle, just the ones that I have found to work in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \amalg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\amalg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oplus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \times&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|\ast&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ast&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|\dagger&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleleft&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleleft&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigcirc&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcirc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddagger&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ddagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \otimes&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\otimes&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleright&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleright&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangledown&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangledown&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\diamond&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \pm&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pm&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  	&lt;br /&gt;
| \odot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\odot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangleup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangleup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \div&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\div&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ominus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ominus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wr&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wr&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \circ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\circ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wedge&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wedge&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vee&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vee&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqcup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqcup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \leq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\leq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \geq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\geq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \equiv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\equiv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \prec&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\prec&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sim&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \perp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\perp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \preceq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\preceq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \simeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\simeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \mid&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mid&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ll&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \gg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \asymp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\asymp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \parallel&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\parallel&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \supset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \supseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \approx&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \neq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\neq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ni&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \notin&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\notin&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \in&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vdash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \dashv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dashv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \bullet&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bullet&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftarrow	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightharpoons&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightleftharpoons&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Im&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Im&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \nearrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nearrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \nwarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nwarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \swarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \swarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \searrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \searrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delimiters and Maths Constructs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Most delimiters and constructs need additional parameters for them to appear appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \{x&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \{x &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| x | \}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x | \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \rangle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rangle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \langle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \langle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \angle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \angle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \=&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt[n]{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt[n]{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \frac{ab}{cd}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{ab}{cd}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \backslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \backslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \widehat{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \widehat{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \$&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \$ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \overline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \overline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \underline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \underline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \therefore&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \therefore&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \ddots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \%&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \#&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \# &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \emptyset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \emptyset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
WARNINGS: The &amp;amp; character in LaTeX usually requires a backslash, \. In TeX Notation for Moodle, apparently, it does not. Other packages, AsciiMath, may use it differently again so be careful using it. The copyright character may use the MimeTeX charset, and produces a copyright notice for John Forkosh Associates who provided a lot of the essential packages for the TeX Notation for Moodle, so I understand. I have been, almost reliably, informed that a particular instruction will produce a different notice though .:)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a number of characters that can be used in TeX Notation for Moodle but do not render in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex08.png|frame|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Larger \left(x and \right) brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex06.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \widetilde{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex09.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \textdegree or (50)^\circ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek Letters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \alpha  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \beta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \gamma &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \epsilon &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\zeta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \zeta &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \eta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \theta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\iota&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \iota &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \kappa &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \lambda &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \mu &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\xi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \xi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \pi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \rho &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \sigma &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tau&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \tau &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \upsilon &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \phi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\chi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \chi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\psi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \psi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Theta&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Pi  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Phi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Gamma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Gamma&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Lambda  &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Sigma  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Psi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Psi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Xi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Upsilon&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vartheta &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \vartheta&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varrho  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varrho&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varphi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varphi &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varsigma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varsigma&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notable Exceptions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greek letter omicron (traditionally, mathemeticians don&#039;t make much use of omicron due to possible confusion with zero). Simply put, lowercase omicron is an &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; redered as &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. But note \omicron may now work with recent TeX implementations including MathJax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, these Greek capital letters cannot be rendered by TeX Notation in Moodle: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha, Beta, Zeta, Eta, Tau, Chi, Mu, Iota, Kappa and Epsilon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX methematics adopts the convention that lowercase Greek symbols are displayed as italics whereas uppercase Greek symbols are displayed as upright characters. Therefore, the missing Greek capital letters can simply be represented by the \mathrm{ } equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{A, B, Z, H, T, X, M, I, K, E}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boolean algebra==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of different conventions for representing Boolean (logic) algebra. Common conventions used in computer science and electronics are detailed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negation, NOT, ¬, !, ~, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \lnot, !, \sim, \overline{ }&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunction, AND, ∧, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \land, \wedge, \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
Dysjunction, OR, ∨, +, &lt;br /&gt;
 \lor, \vee, +&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusive dysjunction, XOR ⊻, ⊕&lt;br /&gt;
 \veebar, \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence, If and only if, Iff, ≡, ↔, ⇔&lt;br /&gt;
  \equiv, \leftrightarrow \iff&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: two representations of De Morgan&#039;s laws:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}} SS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ (A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B}) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a particular font you need to access the font using the same syntax as demonstrated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A math calligraphic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blackboard bold, a Castellar type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often used in number theory. For example: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of natural numbers including 0 {0, 1, 2, 3, ...}, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of integers {-..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... }, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of rational numbers, including integers, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{R}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of real numbers, which includes the natural numbers, rational numbers and irrational numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fraktur, an Old English type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is different in Tex Notation in Moodle than it is for other, full, TeX packages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An italic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A normal, upright non-italic, Roman font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
A bold-face font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of displays==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default size is rendered slightly larger than normal font size. TeX Notation in Moodle uses eight different sizes ranging from &amp;quot;tiny&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;huge&amp;quot;. However,these values seem to mean different things and are, I suspect, dependent upon the User&#039;s screen resolution. The sizes can be noted in four different ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fontsize{0} to \fontsize{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fontsize{2} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs{0} to \fs{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs{4} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs0 to \fs7&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs6 x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| As well, you can use \tiny \small &lt;br /&gt;
\normalsize \large \Large &lt;br /&gt;
\LARGE \huge \Huge&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\normalsize x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that TeX Notation in Moodle now allows \fs6, \fs7, \huge and \Huge to be properly rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Colour==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many scripting languages, we only need to name the colour we want to use. You may have to experiment a little with colours, but it will make for a brighter page. Once named, the entire statement will appear in the colour, and if you mix colours, the last named colour will dominate. Some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30a.gif|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \blue x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30b.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \green x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30c.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}$$ $$ \times $$ &lt;br /&gt;
$$\green (y \ + \ 12) $$ $$ \ = $$ $$ \ \blue 6^3 $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30d.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle 2.2 note: You may find this doesn&#039;t work for you. You can try to add &amp;quot;\usepackage{color}&amp;quot; to your tex notation setting &amp;quot;LaTeX preamble&amp;quot; (under Site adminstration/Plugins/Filters/TeX notation)and then use this new syntax: $$ \color{red} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may note this last one, it is considerably more complex than the previous for colours. TeX Notation in Windows does not allow multicoloured equations, if you name a number of colours in the equation, only the last named will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geometric Shapes== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to produce geometric shapes, one is with circles and the other is with lines. Each take a bit of practice to get right, but they can provide some simple geometry. It may be easier to produce the shapes in Illustrator or Paint Shop Pro or any one of a number of other drawing packages and use them to illustrate your lessons, but sometimes, some simple diagrams in Moodle will do a better job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Circles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Circles are easy to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex20.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Circles are easily created, and only needs a number to determine how large the circle is. &lt;br /&gt;
To create the circle use $$ \circle(150) $$. This makes a circle of 150 pixels in diameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcs are also easy to produce, but require some additional parameters. The same code structure used in circles create the basic shape, but the inclusion of a start and end point creates only the arc. However, notice where the 0 point is, not at the true North, but rather the East and run in an anti-clockwise direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;90,180)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;0,90)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;180,270)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;270,360)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure breaks down into the \circle command followed by the diameter, not the radius, of the circle, followed by a semi-colon, then the demarcation of the arc, the nomination of the start and end points in degrees from the 0, East, start point. Note that the canvas is the size of the diameter nominated by the circle&#039;s parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The \picture Command==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using circles and arcs as shown above is somewhat limiting. The \picture command allows you to use a frame in which to build a picture of many layers. Each part of the picture though needs to be in its own space, and while this frame allows you to be creative, to a degree, there are some very hard and fast rules about using it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All elements of a picture need to be located within the picture frame. Unexpected results occur when parts of an arc, for example, runs over the border of the frame. (This is particularly true of lines, which we will get to next, and the consequences of that overstepping of the border can cause serious problems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \picture command is structured like:&lt;br /&gt;
   \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&lt;br /&gt;
   \command(size of frame){(x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate){\shape to draw(size or x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate)})  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brace is used to enclose each set of required starting point coordinates. Inside each set of braces, another set of braces is used to isolate each set of coordinates from the other, and those coordinates use their proper brackets and backslash. Count the opening and closing brackets, be careful of the position,       &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture frame brings elements together that you may not otherwise see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the frame size of 100px and the centre point of the circle in the mid-point of the frame, the 200px circle will be squashed. Unexpected results occur when sizes are not correct.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Using the picture frame, you can layer circles &lt;br /&gt;
and lines over each other, or they can intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(99)} (50,50){\circle(80)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| You may want to see an image of a circle with a dot in the middle. &lt;br /&gt;
You may have to try to place the centre dot correctly , but the &lt;br /&gt;
ordering of the elements in the image may have an impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(48,46){\bullet}(50,50){\circle(99)}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Using the same ideas as above, you can make semi-circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(150){(50,50){\circle(100;0,180)}(100,50){\circle(100;180,360)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing lines in TeX Notation in Moodle is an issue, go to the [[Using_TeX_Notation#Reserved_Characters_and_Keywords| Using Text Notation]] for more information. If the line is not noted properly then the parser will try to correctly draw the line but will not successfully complete it. This means that every image that needs be drawn will be drawn until it hits the error. When the error is being converted, it fails, so no subsequent image is drawn. Be careful and make sure your line works BEFORE you move to the next problem or next image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex26.gif|frame|left| a couple of lines]] &lt;br /&gt;
| $$\red \picture(200){(20,0){ \line(180,0)}{(20,180){\line(180,0}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the picture box is that the \picture(200) provides a square image template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The (20,0) provides the starting coordinates for any line that comes after. In this case the start point is at 20pixels in the x axis and 0 pixels in the y axis. The starting point for all coordinates, 0,0, is the bottom left corner and they run in a clockwise manner. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not confuse this with arcs.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \line(180,0) determines the length and inclination of the line. In this case, the inclination is 0 and the length is 180px. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are enclosed in braces, all inside one set of braces owned by the \picture() control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next set of commands are the same, that is, the (20,200) are the coordinates of the next line. The x co-ordinate is the 20, that is the distance to the right from the 0 point. The y co-ordinates is the distance from the bottom of the image. Whereas the first line started and ran on the bottom of the picture frame, the y co-ordinate starts at the 200 pixel mark from the bottom of the image. The line, at 180 pixels long and has no y slope. This creates a spread pair of parallel lines.     &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimtex27.gif|thumb|right|150px|\picture explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this explains the structure of a line, there is a couple of elements that you need to go through to do more with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Squares and Rectangles==&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing squares and rectangles is similar, but only slightly different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should be a square box tool, and there is, but unless it has something inside it, it does not display. It is actually easier to make a square using the \line command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line03.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is constructed using:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
It is a 250 pixel square box with a 230 pixel square inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line04.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is different in that is has the equal length indicators that are used in a square.&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(5,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,10){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,5){\line(0,10)}&lt;br /&gt;
(240,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(235,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,240){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,235){\line(0,10)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line05.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The rectangle then becomes the same thing, but with one side shorter. For a portrait canvas it would be:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(150,0)}(160,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(150,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line06.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The rectangle can also produce a landscape shape:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,160)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,160)}(10,170){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controlling Angles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controlling angles is a little different. They involve a different perception, but not one that is unfamiliar. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a point from which we want to draw a line that is on an angle. The notation used at this point can be positive, positive or positive, negative or negative, positive or negative, negative. Think of it like a number plane or a graph, using directed numbers. The 0,0 point is in the centre, and we have four quadrants around it that give us one of the previously mentioned results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Image:co-ordquadrants.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06a.gif|left]] $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}}$$, &lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06b.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06c.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06d.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and a negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, what these points boil down to is that anything above the insertion point is a positive on the y axis, anything below is a negative. Anything to the left of the insertion point is a negative while everything to the right is a positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:line06e.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The co-ordinate alignment process in TeX is not that good that you can use one set of co-ords as a single starting point for all lines. The layering of each object varies because of the position of the previous object, so each object needs to be exactly placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This co-ord structure has a great deal of impact on intersecting lines, parallel lines and triangles. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intersecting Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set up an intersecting pair easily enough, using the \picture control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex31.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)} (0,130){\line(180,-180)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines that are drawn can be labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)}(0,130){\line(180,-180)}&lt;br /&gt;
(0,10){A}(0,135){B}(140,0){C}(140,150){D}(62,80){X}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To produce another image.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex32.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| To which you may want to ask the question: &lt;br /&gt;
$$The \ \angle \ of \ AXB \ is \ 72\textdegree. \ What \ is \ the \ value \ of \ \angle BXD? $$&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Image: cfmimetex32a.gif|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Labeling this image, above-right, turned out to be fairly simple. Offsetting points by a few pixels at the start or end points of the lines proved a successful strategy. The X point proved a little more problematic, and took a number of adjustments before getting it right. Experience here will help.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| With labels the drawing can become a little more like your traditional geometric drawing, but the devil is in the details. The parallel markers need to be placed properly, and that is where experience really comes into it. On lines that are vertical or horizontal, you can get away with using the &amp;gt; or &amp;lt; directly from the keyboard, or the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  symbols. In either case, you need to position them properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(200){(15,45){\line(170,0)} (15,30){c}(170,28){d}(15,160){\line(170,0)}(15,145){e}(180,143){f}(50,20){\line(110,175)}(58,20){a}(140,185){b}(42,32){\kappa}(53,48){\beta}&lt;br /&gt;
(150,165){\kappa}&lt;br /&gt;
(90,38){\gg}(80,153){\gg}&lt;br /&gt;
}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line10.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines and Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining lines and arcs is a serious challenge actually, on a number of levels. For example lets take an arc from the first page on circles.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Fairly innocuous of itself, but when we start to add in elements, it changes dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \circle(120;90,180) $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line12.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(150){(75,75){\circle(120;90,180)}(75,75){\line(-70,0)}(75,75){\line(0,75)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
All elements in this drawing start in the same place. Each is layered, and properly placed on the canvas, and using the same co-ord to start makes it easy to control them. No matter the size of the arc, intersecting lines can all be drawn using the centre co-ords of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Triangles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the drawing objects, it is actually triangles that present the most challenge. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line13.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350){(10,10){\line(0,320)}(10,330){\line(330,0)}(10,10){\line(330,320)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a simple triangle, one that allows us to establish a simple set of rules for the sides. The vertical always has an x=0 co-ord and the horizontal always has a y=0 co-ord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case with an x value of 330 on the horizontal, and a y value of 320 on the vertical, the hypotenuse should then have a value of x=340, and the y=330, but not so, they actually have an x=330 and a y=320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to add the starting point co-ords to the x and y values of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line14.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$picture(350){(10,10){\line(330,0)}(340,10){\line(0,320)}(340,330){\line(-330,-320)}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This triangle has been developed for a Trigonometry page - but the additional notation should provide insight into how you can use it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line16.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a labeled image, but it has an \fbox in it with its little line. With some effort, it could be replaced with two intersecting short lines.&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350,150){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(325,25){\line(0,110)}(25,25){\line(300,110)}(309,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}&lt;br /&gt;
(307,98){\theta}(135,75){\beta}(150,5){\alpha}(335,75){\epsilon}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| The triangle shows like: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:trig01.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|We use the different elements of the triangle to identify those things we need to know about a right-angled triangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hypotenuse is always the side that is opposite the right angle. The longest side is always the Hypotenuse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify the other elements of the triangle we look for the sign &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the starting point for naming the other sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that is opposite &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Opposite. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that lies alongside &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Adjacent side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine which is which, draw a line that bisects &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and whatever line it crosses is the Opposite side. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(350,250){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(25,25){\line(0,220)}(25,245){\line(300,-220)}(310,25){\circle(100;135,180)}(20,100){\line(310,-75)} (25,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}(25,25){\line(150,150)}(165,140){Hypotenuse}(120,2){Adjacent}(2,80){\rotatebox{90}{Opposite}}(270,40){\theta}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Matrices=&lt;br /&gt;
A Matrix is a rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns which can be used to organize numeric information. Matrices can be used to predict trends and outcomes in real situations - i.e. polling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
A matrix can be written and displayed like [[Image: matrices03.gif|A matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the matrix is constructed using the brackets before creating the array:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ M = \left[\begin{array}{ccc} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
The internal structure of the array is generated by the &amp;amp;, ampersand, and the double backslash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a grid for the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A dashed line&lt;br /&gt;
|A solid line&lt;br /&gt;
|A mixed line&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices04.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices05.gif]]	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices06.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c.c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c|c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command sequences here are the {c|c.c} and \hdash and \hline. The pipe, |, and the full stop determine the line type for the vertical line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matrices also respond to other TeX Notation commands such as size and colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Colour&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Size&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices07.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices08.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices09.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\blue&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs7&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs2&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating equal and unequal matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
Equal and unequal matrices are simply matrices that either share or not share the same number of rows and columns. To be more precise, equal matrices share the same order and each element in the corresponding positions are equal. Anything else is unequal matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually equal and unequal matrices are constructed along similar lines, but have different shapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Equal Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|An unequal matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices10.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b \ c&amp;amp;d \ e&amp;amp;f \end{array}\right] \ \neq \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Labeling a Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition and subtraction matrices are similar again, but the presentation is usually very different. The problem comes when trying to mix labels into arrays. The lack of sophistication in the TeX Notation plays against it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle allows an easy adoption of tables to make it work though. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker supplies three shops, A, B and C with pies, pasties and sausage rolls. &lt;br /&gt;
  He is expected to determine the stock levels of those three shops in his estimation of supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is better to use the Moodle Fullscreen editor for this, to have a better idea of how the end product will look and to take advantage of the additional tools available. Design decisions need occupy our attention for a while. We need a table of five rows and four columns. The first row is a header row, so the label is centred. The next row needs four columns, a blank cell to start and labels A, B and C. The next three rows are divided into two columns, with the labels, pies, pasties and sausage rolls in each row of the first column and the matrix resides in a merged set of columns there. So first the table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Insert Table - initial properties&lt;br /&gt;
| Merge Cells Button&lt;br /&gt;
| Advanced Properties&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Image: matricestable01.png|Table properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable02.png | Merge cells]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable03.png | Cell properties button]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| You may need to look into the Advanced properties setting of the tables and cells to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the immediate result: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable04.png | The resulting table]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not a very good look, it can be made better by tweaking the table using the advanced settings and properties buttons and then you can tweak the matrix itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tweaking the Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable05a.png | A tweaked matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things are not always as they seem, be aware, the &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; does not stand for &amp;quot;column&amp;quot;, it actually stands for &amp;quot;centre&amp;quot;. The columns are aligned by the letters l, for left, c for centre and r for right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column is spread across 50 pixels, so the value of 50 is entered into the alignment declaration. The plus sign before the value is used to &amp;quot;propogate&amp;quot; or to force the value across the whole matrix, but is not used when wanting to separate only one column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the rows is a little more problematic. The capital letter C sets the vertical alignment to the centre, (B is for baseline, but that does not guarantee that the numbers will appear on the base line, and there does not appear to be any third value). The plus sign and following value sets the height of all rows to the number given. In this I have given it a value of 25 pixels for the entire matrix. If there were four or five rows, the same height requirement is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order things appear is also important. If you change the order of these settings, they will either not work at all, or will not render as you expect them to. If something does not work properly, then check to make sure you have the right order first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Addition Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rule for performing operations on matrices is that they must be equal matrices. For example, addition matrices look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable06.png | An addition matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the results obvious. The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] + \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  60&amp;amp;60&amp;amp;60 \ \hdash 40&amp;amp;40&amp;amp;30 \ \hdash 30&amp;amp;30&amp;amp;30&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Subtraction Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an addition matrix in its construction, the subtraction matrix is subject to the same rules of equality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same essential data, we can calculate the daily sales of each of the shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable07.png | A subtraction matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  72&amp;amp;95&amp;amp;68 \ \hdash 54&amp;amp;61&amp;amp;65 \ \hdash 48&amp;amp;51&amp;amp;60&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] - \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash 16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] = \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  61&amp;amp;81&amp;amp;56 \ \hdash 38&amp;amp;49&amp;amp;43 \ \hdash 34&amp;amp;34&amp;amp;48&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code looks more complex than it really is, it is cluttered by the lines and alignment sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiplication Matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different than the addition or subtraction matrices, the multiplication matrix comes in three parts, the row matrix, the column matrix and the answer matrix. This implies it has a different construction methodology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices16.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \begin{array} 10&amp;amp;amp;14&amp;amp;amp;16\end{array} \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} 45 \\ 61 \\ 19 \end{array}\right] &lt;br /&gt;
  \ = \ \begin{array} 450&amp;amp;amp;854&amp;amp;amp;304\end{array} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different, it is not necessarily more complex. For example a problem like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker is selling his product to Con the cafe owner, who &lt;br /&gt;
  wants to make sure his overall prices are profitable for himself. &lt;br /&gt;
  Con needs to make sure that his average price is providing sufficient &lt;br /&gt;
  profit to be able to keep the cafes open. Con makes his calculations &lt;br /&gt;
  on a weekly basis, comparing cost to sale prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the pies, pasties and sausage rolls in that order he applies them to the cost and sale price columns :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices17.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array} 350&amp;amp;amp;310&amp;amp;amp;270 \end{array}\right] \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} \$2.10&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$2.05&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$1.90&amp;amp;amp;\$3.10 \end{array} &lt;br /&gt;
  \right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} \$735.00&amp;amp;amp;\$1260.00 \ \$635.50&amp;amp;amp;\$1116.00 \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \$513.00&amp;amp;amp;$\837.00 \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mathematics_tools_FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MathJax_filter]] - available in Moodle 2.7 and later&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TeX notation filter]] To turn on the TeX Notation &lt;br /&gt;
* [[DragMath equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chemistry notation using mhchem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127394</id>
		<title>Using TeX Notation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127394"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T20:09:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
TeX (&#039;&#039;&#039;/&#039;tɛx/tekh&#039;&#039;&#039;, often pronounced TeK in English)  is a very widespread and popular way of representing Mathematics notation using only characters that you can type on a keyboard (see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TeX Wikipedia]).  This makes it a useful format to use in Moodle, since it can be entered anywhere you can type text, from forum posts to quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX expressions can be entered in multiple ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* typing them directly into texts.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the Java-based Dragmath editor in Moodle&#039;s TinyMCE editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the HTML-based equation editor in Moodle&#039;s Atto editor (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, TeX expressions are rendered into Mathematics notation:&lt;br /&gt;
* using the TeX filter in Moodle, which uses a TeX binary installed on the server to convert expressions into .gif images (or if that is not available, it falls back to a simple built-in mimetex binary).&lt;br /&gt;
* using the [[MathJax_filter]] which identifies TeX expressions and uses the Mathjax JS library to render them in browsers at display time (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
* using other third-party solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can imagine, the whole field is not as simple as we would like, especially because there are many flavours of TeX and slight variations between tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page focusses only on using TeX in core Moodle.  See the links at the bottom of this page for more information on setting up TeX editors and filters, including other tools from the Moodle community that may be suitable for advanced users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This Wiki environment uses a DIFFERENT TeX renderer to Moodle, especially when it comes to control sequences.  For this reason images are sometimes used to represent what it should look like in Moodle.   YMMV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Language Conventions== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a TeX sequence in your text, surround it with $$ markers. To invoke a particular command or control sequence, use the backslash, \. A typical control sequence looks like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) $$  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex10.gif|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fraction and square root.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional spaces can be placed into the equation using the \ without a trailing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation on its own line== &lt;br /&gt;
When an equation is surrounded by a pair of  $$ markers, it is displayed centered on its own line. The $$’s are primitive TeX markers. With LaTeX, it is often recommended to use the pair \[ and \] to enclose equations, rather than the $$ markers, because the newer syntax checks for mistyped equations and better adjusts vertical spacing. If the TeX Notation filter is activated, which set a LaTeX renderer, the same equation as above is obtained with the following control sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\[&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the equation is mistyped, it will be displayed enclosed in a box to signal the mistake and if the equation appears in a new paragraph, the vertical space above the equation will adjust correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using \[ … \] instead of $$ … $$ may have other advantages. For example, with the Wiris equation editor installed, the Atto editor undesirably transforms the TeX code of equations enclosed with $$ into XML code, whereas it does not do so when the equations are enclosed with \[ and \].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reserved Characters and Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most characters and numbers on the keyboard can be used at their default value. As with any computing language, though, there are a set of reserved characters and keywords that are used by the program for its own purposes. TeX Notation is no different, but it does have a very small set of Reserved Characters. This will not be a complete list of reserved characters, but some of these are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use these characters in an equation just place the \ in front of them like \$ or \%. If you want to use the backslash, just use \backslash. The only exception here seems to be the &amp;amp;, ampersand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Superscripts, Subscripts and Roots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts are recorded using the caret, ^, symbol. An example for a Maths class might be: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  This is a shorthand way of saying: &lt;br /&gt;
  (4 x 4) x (4 x 4 x 4) = (4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4)&lt;br /&gt;
  or&lt;br /&gt;
  16 x 64 = 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subscripts are similar, but use the underscore character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is OK if you want superscripts or subscripts, but square roots are a little different. This uses a control sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \sqrt{64} \ = \ 8 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqrt{64} \ = \ 8&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take this a little further, but adding in a control character. You may ask a question like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n? $$  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n?&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using these different commands allows you to develop equations like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts, Subscripts and roots can also be noted in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fractions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fractions in TeX are actually simple, as long as you remember the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{numerator}{denominator} $$ which produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{numerator}{denominator}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be given as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is entered as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}.$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With fractions (as with other commands) the curly brackets can be nested so that for example you can implement negative exponents in fractions.  As you can see,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac {5^{-2}}{3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {5^{-2}}{3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac{3}{4^{-3}}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{3}{4^{-3}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You likely do not want to use $$\frac{3}{4}^{-3}$$ as it produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{3}{4}^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use fractions and negative exponents in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As students advance through Maths, they come into contact with brackets. Algebraic notation depends heavily on brackets. The usual keyboard values of ( and ) are useful, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually, these brackets are enough for most formulae but they will not be in some circumstances. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ (x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is OK, but try it this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple change using the \left( and \right) symbols instead. Note the actual bracket is both named and presented. Brackets are almost essential in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellipsis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ellipsis is a simple code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Written like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n  $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more practical application could be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Add together all the numbers from 1 &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; 38.&lt;br /&gt;
  What is an elegant and simple solution to this problem?&lt;br /&gt;
  Can you create an algebraic function to explain this solution?&lt;br /&gt;
  Will your solution work for all numbers?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer:&lt;br /&gt;
The question uses an even number to demonstrate a mathematical process and generate an algebraic formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class = &amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 1:&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 2.&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 3.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1. \ 1 \ + \ 38 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2. \ 2 \ + \ 37 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3. \ 3 \ + \ 36 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;19. 19 \ + \ 20 \ = \ 39 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 39 \ \times \ 19 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 741 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|An algebraic function might read something like:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t = (1 + n) \times n/2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where t = total and n = the last number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The solution is that, using the largest and the smallest numbers, the numbers are added and then multiplied by the number of different combinations to produce the same result adding the first and last numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer must depend on the number, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{n}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; being a whole number. Therefore, the solution will not work for an odd range of numbers, only an even range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbols==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not all the symbols that may be available in TeX Notation for Moodle, just the ones that I have found to work in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \amalg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\amalg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oplus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \times&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|\ast&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ast&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|\dagger&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleleft&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleleft&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigcirc&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcirc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddagger&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ddagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \otimes&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\otimes&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleright&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleright&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangledown&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangledown&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\diamond&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \pm&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pm&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  	&lt;br /&gt;
| \odot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\odot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangleup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangleup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \div&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\div&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ominus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ominus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wr&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wr&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \circ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\circ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wedge&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wedge&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vee&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vee&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqcup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqcup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \leq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\leq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \geq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\geq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \equiv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\equiv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \prec&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\prec&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sim&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \perp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\perp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \preceq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\preceq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \simeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\simeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \mid&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mid&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ll&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \gg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \asymp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\asymp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \parallel&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\parallel&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \supset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \supseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \approx&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \neq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\neq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ni&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \notin&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\notin&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \in&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vdash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \dashv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dashv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \bullet&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bullet&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftarrow	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightharpoons&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightleftharpoons&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Im&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Im&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \nearrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nearrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \nwarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nwarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \swarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \swarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \searrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \searrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delimiters and Maths Constructs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Most delimiters and constructs need additional parameters for them to appear appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \{x&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \{x &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| x | \}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x | \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \rangle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rangle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \langle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \langle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \angle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \angle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \=&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt[n]{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt[n]{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \frac{ab}{cd}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{ab}{cd}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \backslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \backslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \widehat{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \widehat{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \$&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \$ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \overline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \overline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \underline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \underline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \therefore&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \therefore&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \ddots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \%&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \#&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \# &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \emptyset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \emptyset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
WARNINGS: The &amp;amp; character in LaTeX usually requires a backslash, \. In TeX Notation for Moodle, apparently, it does not. Other packages, AsciiMath, may use it differently again so be careful using it. The copyright character may use the MimeTeX charset, and produces a copyright notice for John Forkosh Associates who provided a lot of the essential packages for the TeX Notation for Moodle, so I understand. I have been, almost reliably, informed that a particular instruction will produce a different notice though .:)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a number of characters that can be used in TeX Notation for Moodle but do not render in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex08.png|frame|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Larger \left(x and \right) brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex06.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \widetilde{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex09.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \textdegree or (50)^\circ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek Letters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \alpha  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \beta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \gamma &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \epsilon &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\zeta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \zeta &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \eta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \theta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\iota&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \iota &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \kappa &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \lambda &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \mu &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\xi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \xi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \pi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \rho &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \sigma &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tau&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \tau &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \upsilon &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \phi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\chi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \chi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\psi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \psi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Theta&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Pi  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Phi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Gamma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Gamma&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Lambda  &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Sigma  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Psi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Psi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Xi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Upsilon&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vartheta &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \vartheta&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varrho  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varrho&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varphi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varphi &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varsigma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varsigma&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notable Exceptions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greek letter omicron (traditionally, mathemeticians don&#039;t make much use of omicron due to possible confusion with zero). Simply put, lowercase omicron is an &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; redered as &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. But note \omicron may now work with recent TeX implementations including MathJax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, these Greek capital letters cannot be rendered by TeX Notation in Moodle: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha, Beta, Zeta, Eta, Tau, Chi, Mu, Iota, Kappa and Epsilon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX methematics adopts the convention that lowercase Greek symbols are displayed as italics whereas uppercase Greek symbols are displayed as upright characters. Therefore, the missing Greek capital letters can simply be represented by the \mathrm{ } equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{A, B, Z, H, T, X, M, I, K, E}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boolean algebra==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of different conventions for representing Boolean (logic) algebra. Common conventions used in computer science and electronics are detailed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negation, NOT, ¬, !, ~, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \lnot, !, \sim, \overline{ }&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunction, AND, ∧, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \land, \wedge, \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
Dysjunction, OR, ∨, +, &lt;br /&gt;
 \lor, \vee, +&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusive dysjunction, XOR ⊻, ⊕&lt;br /&gt;
 \veebar, \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence, If and only if, Iff, ≡, ↔, ⇔&lt;br /&gt;
  \equiv, \leftrightarrow \iff&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: two representations of De Morgan&#039;s laws:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}} SS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ (A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B}) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a particular font you need to access the font using the same syntax as demonstrated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A math calligraphic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blackboard bold, a Castellar type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often used in number theory. For example: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of natural numbers including 0 {0, 1, 2, 3, ...}, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of integers {-..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... }, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of rational numbers, including integers, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{R}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of real numbers, which includes the natural numbers, rational numbers and irrational numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fraktur, an Old English type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is different in Tex Notation in Moodle than it is for other, full, TeX packages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An italic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A normal, upright non-italic, Roman font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
A bold-face font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of displays==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default size is rendered slightly larger than normal font size. TeX Notation in Moodle uses eight different sizes ranging from &amp;quot;tiny&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;huge&amp;quot;. However,these values seem to mean different things and are, I suspect, dependent upon the User&#039;s screen resolution. The sizes can be noted in four different ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fontsize{0} to \fontsize{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fontsize{2} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs{0} to \fs{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs{4} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs0 to \fs7&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs6 x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| As well, you can use \tiny \small &lt;br /&gt;
\normalsize \large \Large &lt;br /&gt;
\LARGE \huge \Huge&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\normalsize x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that TeX Notation in Moodle now allows \fs6, \fs7, \huge and \Huge to be properly rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Colour==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many scripting languages, we only need to name the colour we want to use. You may have to experiment a little with colours, but it will make for a brighter page. Once named, the entire statement will appear in the colour, and if you mix colours, the last named colour will dominate. Some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30a.gif|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \blue x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30b.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \green x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30c.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}$$ $$ \times $$ &lt;br /&gt;
$$\green (y \ + \ 12) $$ $$ \ = $$ $$ \ \blue 6^3 $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30d.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle 2.2 note: You may find this doesn&#039;t work for you. You can try to add &amp;quot;\usepackage{color}&amp;quot; to your tex notation setting &amp;quot;LaTeX preamble&amp;quot; (under Site adminstration/Plugins/Filters/TeX notation)and then use this new syntax: $$ \color{red} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may note this last one, it is considerably more complex than the previous for colours. TeX Notation in Windows does not allow multicoloured equations, if you name a number of colours in the equation, only the last named will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geometric Shapes== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to produce geometric shapes, one is with circles and the other is with lines. Each take a bit of practice to get right, but they can provide some simple geometry. It may be easier to produce the shapes in Illustrator or Paint Shop Pro or any one of a number of other drawing packages and use them to illustrate your lessons, but sometimes, some simple diagrams in Moodle will do a better job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Circles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Circles are easy to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex20.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Circles are easily created, and only needs a number to determine how large the circle is. &lt;br /&gt;
To create the circle use $$ \circle(150) $$. This makes a circle of 150 pixels in diameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcs are also easy to produce, but require some additional parameters. The same code structure used in circles create the basic shape, but the inclusion of a start and end point creates only the arc. However, notice where the 0 point is, not at the true North, but rather the East and run in an anti-clockwise direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;90,180)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;0,90)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;180,270)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;270,360)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure breaks down into the \circle command followed by the diameter, not the radius, of the circle, followed by a semi-colon, then the demarcation of the arc, the nomination of the start and end points in degrees from the 0, East, start point. Note that the canvas is the size of the diameter nominated by the circle&#039;s parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The \picture Command==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using circles and arcs as shown above is somewhat limiting. The \picture command allows you to use a frame in which to build a picture of many layers. Each part of the picture though needs to be in its own space, and while this frame allows you to be creative, to a degree, there are some very hard and fast rules about using it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All elements of a picture need to be located within the picture frame. Unexpected results occur when parts of an arc, for example, runs over the border of the frame. (This is particularly true of lines, which we will get to next, and the consequences of that overstepping of the border can cause serious problems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \picture command is structured like:&lt;br /&gt;
   \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&lt;br /&gt;
   \command(size of frame){(x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate){\shape to draw(size or x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate)})  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brace is used to enclose each set of required starting point coordinates. Inside each set of braces, another set of braces is used to isolate each set of coordinates from the other, and those coordinates use their proper brackets and backslash. Count the opening and closing brackets, be careful of the position,       &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture frame brings elements together that you may not otherwise see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the frame size of 100px and the centre point of the circle in the mid-point of the frame, the 200px circle will be squashed. Unexpected results occur when sizes are not correct.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Using the picture frame, you can layer circles &lt;br /&gt;
and lines over each other, or they can intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(99)} (50,50){\circle(80)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| You may want to see an image of a circle with a dot in the middle. &lt;br /&gt;
You may have to try to place the centre dot correctly , but the &lt;br /&gt;
ordering of the elements in the image may have an impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(48,46){\bullet}(50,50){\circle(99)}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Using the same ideas as above, you can make semi-circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(150){(50,50){\circle(100;0,180)}(100,50){\circle(100;180,360)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing lines in TeX Notation in Moodle is an issue, go to the [[Using_TeX_Notation#Reserved_Characters_and_Keywords| Using Text Notation]] for more information. If the line is not noted properly then the parser will try to correctly draw the line but will not successfully complete it. This means that every image that needs be drawn will be drawn until it hits the error. When the error is being converted, it fails, so no subsequent image is drawn. Be careful and make sure your line works BEFORE you move to the next problem or next image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex26.gif|frame|left| a couple of lines]] &lt;br /&gt;
| $$\red \picture(200){(20,0){ \line(180,0)}{(20,180){\line(180,0}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the picture box is that the \picture(200) provides a square image template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The (20,0) provides the starting coordinates for any line that comes after. In this case the start point is at 20pixels in the x axis and 0 pixels in the y axis. The starting point for all coordinates, 0,0, is the bottom left corner and they run in a clockwise manner. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not confuse this with arcs.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \line(180,0) determines the length and inclination of the line. In this case, the inclination is 0 and the length is 180px. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are enclosed in braces, all inside one set of braces owned by the \picture() control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next set of commands are the same, that is, the (20,200) are the coordinates of the next line. The x co-ordinate is the 20, that is the distance to the right from the 0 point. The y co-ordinates is the distance from the bottom of the image. Whereas the first line started and ran on the bottom of the picture frame, the y co-ordinate starts at the 200 pixel mark from the bottom of the image. The line, at 180 pixels long and has no y slope. This creates a spread pair of parallel lines.     &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimtex27.gif|thumb|right|150px|\picture explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this explains the structure of a line, there is a couple of elements that you need to go through to do more with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Squares and Rectangles==&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing squares and rectangles is similar, but only slightly different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should be a square box tool, and there is, but unless it has something inside it, it does not display. It is actually easier to make a square using the \line command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line03.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is constructed using:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
It is a 250 pixel square box with a 230 pixel square inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line04.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is different in that is has the equal length indicators that are used in a square.&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(5,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,10){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,5){\line(0,10)}&lt;br /&gt;
(240,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(235,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,240){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,235){\line(0,10)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line05.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The rectangle then becomes the same thing, but with one side shorter. For a portrait canvas it would be:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(150,0)}(160,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(150,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line06.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The rectangle can also produce a landscape shape:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,160)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,160)}(10,170){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controlling Angles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controlling angles is a little different. They involve a different perception, but not one that is unfamiliar. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a point from which we want to draw a line that is on an angle. The notation used at this point can be positive, positive or positive, negative or negative, positive or negative, negative. Think of it like a number plane or a graph, using directed numbers. The 0,0 point is in the centre, and we have four quadrants around it that give us one of the previously mentioned results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Image:co-ordquadrants.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06a.gif|left]] $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}}$$, &lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06b.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06c.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06d.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and a negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, what these points boil down to is that anything above the insertion point is a positive on the y axis, anything below is a negative. Anything to the left of the insertion point is a negative while everything to the right is a positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:line06e.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The co-ordinate alignment process in TeX is not that good that you can use one set of co-ords as a single starting point for all lines. The layering of each object varies because of the position of the previous object, so each object needs to be exactly placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This co-ord structure has a great deal of impact on intersecting lines, parallel lines and triangles. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intersecting Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set up an intersecting pair easily enough, using the \picture control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex31.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)} (0,130){\line(180,-180)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines that are drawn can be labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)}(0,130){\line(180,-180)}&lt;br /&gt;
(0,10){A}(0,135){B}(140,0){C}(140,150){D}(62,80){X}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To produce another image.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex32.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| To which you may want to ask the question: &lt;br /&gt;
$$The \ \angle \ of \ AXB \ is \ 72\textdegree. \ What \ is \ the \ value \ of \ \angle BXD? $$&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Image: cfmimetex32a.gif|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Labeling this image, above-right, turned out to be fairly simple. Offsetting points by a few pixels at the start or end points of the lines proved a successful strategy. The X point proved a little more problematic, and took a number of adjustments before getting it right. Experience here will help.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| With labels the drawing can become a little more like your traditional geometric drawing, but the devil is in the details. The parallel markers need to be placed properly, and that is where experience really comes into it. On lines that are vertical or horizontal, you can get away with using the &amp;gt; or &amp;lt; directly from the keyboard, or the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  symbols. In either case, you need to position them properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(200){(15,45){\line(170,0)} (15,30){c}(170,28){d}(15,160){\line(170,0)}(15,145){e}(180,143){f}(50,20){\line(110,175)}(58,20){a}(140,185){b}(42,32){\kappa}(53,48){\beta}&lt;br /&gt;
(150,165){\kappa}&lt;br /&gt;
(90,38){\gg}(80,153){\gg}&lt;br /&gt;
}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line10.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines and Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining lines and arcs is a serious challenge actually, on a number of levels. For example lets take an arc from the first page on circles.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Fairly innocuous of itself, but when we start to add in elements, it changes dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \circle(120;90,180) $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line12.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(150){(75,75){\circle(120;90,180)}(75,75){\line(-70,0)}(75,75){\line(0,75)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
All elements in this drawing start in the same place. Each is layered, and properly placed on the canvas, and using the same co-ord to start makes it easy to control them. No matter the size of the arc, intersecting lines can all be drawn using the centre co-ords of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Triangles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the drawing objects, it is actually triangles that present the most challenge. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line13.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350){(10,10){\line(0,320)}(10,330){\line(330,0)}(10,10){\line(330,320)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a simple triangle, one that allows us to establish a simple set of rules for the sides. The vertical always has an x=0 co-ord and the horizontal always has a y=0 co-ord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case with an x value of 330 on the horizontal, and a y value of 320 on the vertical, the hypotenuse should then have a value of x=340, and the y=330, but not so, they actually have an x=330 and a y=320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to add the starting point co-ords to the x and y values of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line14.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$picture(350){(10,10){\line(330,0)}(340,10){\line(0,320)}(340,330){\line(-330,-320)}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This triangle has been developed for a Trigonometry page - but the additional notation should provide insight into how you can use it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line16.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a labeled image, but it has an \fbox in it with its little line. With some effort, it could be replaced with two intersecting short lines.&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350,150){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(325,25){\line(0,110)}(25,25){\line(300,110)}(309,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}&lt;br /&gt;
(307,98){\theta}(135,75){\beta}(150,5){\alpha}(335,75){\epsilon}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| The triangle shows like: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:trig01.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|We use the different elements of the triangle to identify those things we need to know about a right-angled triangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hypotenuse is always the side that is opposite the right angle. The longest side is always the Hypotenuse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify the other elements of the triangle we look for the sign &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the starting point for naming the other sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that is opposite &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Opposite. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that lies alongside &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Adjacent side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine which is which, draw a line that bisects &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and whatever line it crosses is the Opposite side. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(350,250){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(25,25){\line(0,220)}(25,245){\line(300,-220)}(310,25){\circle(100;135,180)}(20,100){\line(310,-75)} (25,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}(25,25){\line(150,150)}(165,140){Hypotenuse}(120,2){Adjacent}(2,80){\rotatebox{90}{Opposite}}(270,40){\theta}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Matrices=&lt;br /&gt;
A Matrix is a rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns which can be used to organize numeric information. Matrices can be used to predict trends and outcomes in real situations - i.e. polling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
A matrix can be written and displayed like [[Image: matrices03.gif|A matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the matrix is constructed using the brackets before creating the array:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ M = \left[\begin{array}{ccc} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
The internal structure of the array is generated by the &amp;amp;, ampersand, and the double backslash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a grid for the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A dashed line&lt;br /&gt;
|A solid line&lt;br /&gt;
|A mixed line&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices04.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices05.gif]]	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices06.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c.c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c|c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command sequences here are the {c|c.c} and \hdash and \hline. The pipe, |, and the full stop determine the line type for the vertical line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matrices also respond to other TeX Notation commands such as size and colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Colour&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Size&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices07.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices08.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices09.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\blue&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs7&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs2&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating equal and unequal matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
Equal and unequal matrices are simply matrices that either share or not share the same number of rows and columns. To be more precise, equal matrices share the same order and each element in the corresponding positions are equal. Anything else is unequal matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually equal and unequal matrices are constructed along similar lines, but have different shapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Equal Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|An unequal matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices10.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b \ c&amp;amp;d \ e&amp;amp;f \end{array}\right] \ \neq \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Labeling a Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition and subtraction matrices are similar again, but the presentation is usually very different. The problem comes when trying to mix labels into arrays. The lack of sophistication in the TeX Notation plays against it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle allows an easy adoption of tables to make it work though. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker supplies three shops, A, B and C with pies, pasties and sausage rolls. &lt;br /&gt;
  He is expected to determine the stock levels of those three shops in his estimation of supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is better to use the Moodle Fullscreen editor for this, to have a better idea of how the end product will look and to take advantage of the additional tools available. Design decisions need occupy our attention for a while. We need a table of five rows and four columns. The first row is a header row, so the label is centred. The next row needs four columns, a blank cell to start and labels A, B and C. The next three rows are divided into two columns, with the labels, pies, pasties and sausage rolls in each row of the first column and the matrix resides in a merged set of columns there. So first the table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Insert Table - initial properties&lt;br /&gt;
| Merge Cells Button&lt;br /&gt;
| Advanced Properties&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Image: matricestable01.png|Table properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable02.png | Merge cells]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable03.png | Cell properties button]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| You may need to look into the Advanced properties setting of the tables and cells to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the immediate result: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable04.png | The resulting table]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not a very good look, it can be made better by tweaking the table using the advanced settings and properties buttons and then you can tweak the matrix itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tweaking the Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable05a.png | A tweaked matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things are not always as they seem, be aware, the &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; does not stand for &amp;quot;column&amp;quot;, it actually stands for &amp;quot;centre&amp;quot;. The columns are aligned by the letters l, for left, c for centre and r for right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column is spread across 50 pixels, so the value of 50 is entered into the alignment declaration. The plus sign before the value is used to &amp;quot;propogate&amp;quot; or to force the value across the whole matrix, but is not used when wanting to separate only one column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the rows is a little more problematic. The capital letter C sets the vertical alignment to the centre, (B is for baseline, but that does not guarantee that the numbers will appear on the base line, and there does not appear to be any third value). The plus sign and following value sets the height of all rows to the number given. In this I have given it a value of 25 pixels for the entire matrix. If there were four or five rows, the same height requirement is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order things appear is also important. If you change the order of these settings, they will either not work at all, or will not render as you expect them to. If something does not work properly, then check to make sure you have the right order first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Addition Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rule for performing operations on matrices is that they must be equal matrices. For example, addition matrices look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable06.png | An addition matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the results obvious. The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] + \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  60&amp;amp;60&amp;amp;60 \ \hdash 40&amp;amp;40&amp;amp;30 \ \hdash 30&amp;amp;30&amp;amp;30&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Subtraction Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an addition matrix in its construction, the subtraction matrix is subject to the same rules of equality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same essential data, we can calculate the daily sales of each of the shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable07.png | A subtraction matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  72&amp;amp;95&amp;amp;68 \ \hdash 54&amp;amp;61&amp;amp;65 \ \hdash 48&amp;amp;51&amp;amp;60&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] - \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash 16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] = \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  61&amp;amp;81&amp;amp;56 \ \hdash 38&amp;amp;49&amp;amp;43 \ \hdash 34&amp;amp;34&amp;amp;48&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code looks more complex than it really is, it is cluttered by the lines and alignment sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiplication Matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different than the addition or subtraction matrices, the multiplication matrix comes in three parts, the row matrix, the column matrix and the answer matrix. This implies it has a different construction methodology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices16.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \begin{array} 10&amp;amp;amp;14&amp;amp;amp;16\end{array} \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} 45 \\ 61 \\ 19 \end{array}\right] &lt;br /&gt;
  \ = \ \begin{array} 450&amp;amp;amp;854&amp;amp;amp;304\end{array} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different, it is not necessarily more complex. For example a problem like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker is selling his product to Con the cafe owner, who &lt;br /&gt;
  wants to make sure his overall prices are profitable for himself. &lt;br /&gt;
  Con needs to make sure that his average price is providing sufficient &lt;br /&gt;
  profit to be able to keep the cafes open. Con makes his calculations &lt;br /&gt;
  on a weekly basis, comparing cost to sale prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the pies, pasties and sausage rolls in that order he applies them to the cost and sale price columns :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices17.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array} 350&amp;amp;amp;310&amp;amp;amp;270 \end{array}\right] \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} \$2.10&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$2.05&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$1.90&amp;amp;amp;\$3.10 \end{array} &lt;br /&gt;
  \right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} \$735.00&amp;amp;amp;\$1260.00 \ \$635.50&amp;amp;amp;\$1116.00 \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \$513.00&amp;amp;amp;$\837.00 \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mathematics_tools_FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MathJax_filter]] - available in Moodle 2.7 and later&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TeX notation filter]] To turn on the TeX Notation &lt;br /&gt;
* [[DragMath equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chemistry notation using mhchem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127393</id>
		<title>Using TeX Notation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127393"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T20:07:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
TeX (&#039;&#039;&#039;/&#039;tɛx/tekh&#039;&#039;&#039;, often pronounced TeK in English)  is a very widespread and popular way of representing Mathematics notation using only characters that you can type on a keyboard (see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TeX Wikipedia]).  This makes it a useful format to use in Moodle, since it can be entered anywhere you can type text, from forum posts to quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX expressions can be entered in multiple ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* typing them directly into texts.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the Java-based Dragmath editor in Moodle&#039;s TinyMCE editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the HTML-based equation editor in Moodle&#039;s Atto editor (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, TeX expressions are rendered into Mathematics notation:&lt;br /&gt;
* using the TeX filter in Moodle, which uses a TeX binary installed on the server to convert expressions into .gif images (or if that is not available, it falls back to a simple built-in mimetex binary).&lt;br /&gt;
* using the [[MathJax_filter]] which identifies TeX expressions and uses the Mathjax JS library to render them in browsers at display time (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
* using other third-party solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can imagine, the whole field is not as simple as we would like, especially because there are many flavours of TeX and slight variations between tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page focusses only on using TeX in core Moodle.  See the links at the bottom of this page for more information on setting up TeX editors and filters, including other tools from the Moodle community that may be suitable for advanced users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This Wiki environment uses a DIFFERENT TeX renderer to Moodle, especially when it comes to control sequences.  For this reason images are sometimes used to represent what it should look like in Moodle.   YMMV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Language Conventions== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a TeX sequence in your text, surround it with $$ markers. To invoke a particular command or control sequence, use the backslash, \. A typical control sequence looks like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) $$  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex10.gif|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fraction and square root.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional spaces can be placed into the equation using the \ without a trailing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Note== &lt;br /&gt;
When an equation is surrounded by a pair of  $$ markers, it is displayed centered on its own line. The $$’s are primitive TeX markers. With LaTeX, it is often recommended to use the pair \[ and \] to enclose equations, rather than the $$ markers, because the newer syntax checks for mistyped equations and better adjusts vertical spacing. If the TeX Notation filter is activated, which set a LaTeX renderer, the same equation as above is obtained with the following control sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\[&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the equation is mistyped, it will be displayed enclosed in a box to signal the mistake and if the equation appears in a new paragraph, the vertical space above the equation will adjust correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using \[ … \] instead of $$ … $$ may have other advantages. For example, with the Wiris equation editor installed, the Atto editor undesirably transforms the TeX code of equations enclosed with $$ into XML code, whereas it does not do so when the equations are enclosed with \[ and \].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reserved Characters and Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most characters and numbers on the keyboard can be used at their default value. As with any computing language, though, there are a set of reserved characters and keywords that are used by the program for its own purposes. TeX Notation is no different, but it does have a very small set of Reserved Characters. This will not be a complete list of reserved characters, but some of these are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use these characters in an equation just place the \ in front of them like \$ or \%. If you want to use the backslash, just use \backslash. The only exception here seems to be the &amp;amp;, ampersand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Superscripts, Subscripts and Roots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts are recorded using the caret, ^, symbol. An example for a Maths class might be: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  This is a shorthand way of saying: &lt;br /&gt;
  (4 x 4) x (4 x 4 x 4) = (4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4)&lt;br /&gt;
  or&lt;br /&gt;
  16 x 64 = 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subscripts are similar, but use the underscore character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is OK if you want superscripts or subscripts, but square roots are a little different. This uses a control sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \sqrt{64} \ = \ 8 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqrt{64} \ = \ 8&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take this a little further, but adding in a control character. You may ask a question like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n? $$  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n?&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using these different commands allows you to develop equations like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts, Subscripts and roots can also be noted in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fractions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fractions in TeX are actually simple, as long as you remember the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{numerator}{denominator} $$ which produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{numerator}{denominator}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be given as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is entered as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}.$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With fractions (as with other commands) the curly brackets can be nested so that for example you can implement negative exponents in fractions.  As you can see,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac {5^{-2}}{3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {5^{-2}}{3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac{3}{4^{-3}}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{3}{4^{-3}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You likely do not want to use $$\frac{3}{4}^{-3}$$ as it produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{3}{4}^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use fractions and negative exponents in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As students advance through Maths, they come into contact with brackets. Algebraic notation depends heavily on brackets. The usual keyboard values of ( and ) are useful, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually, these brackets are enough for most formulae but they will not be in some circumstances. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ (x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is OK, but try it this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple change using the \left( and \right) symbols instead. Note the actual bracket is both named and presented. Brackets are almost essential in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellipsis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ellipsis is a simple code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Written like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n  $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more practical application could be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Add together all the numbers from 1 &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; 38.&lt;br /&gt;
  What is an elegant and simple solution to this problem?&lt;br /&gt;
  Can you create an algebraic function to explain this solution?&lt;br /&gt;
  Will your solution work for all numbers?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer:&lt;br /&gt;
The question uses an even number to demonstrate a mathematical process and generate an algebraic formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class = &amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 1:&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 2.&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 3.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1. \ 1 \ + \ 38 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2. \ 2 \ + \ 37 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3. \ 3 \ + \ 36 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;19. 19 \ + \ 20 \ = \ 39 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 39 \ \times \ 19 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 741 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|An algebraic function might read something like:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t = (1 + n) \times n/2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where t = total and n = the last number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The solution is that, using the largest and the smallest numbers, the numbers are added and then multiplied by the number of different combinations to produce the same result adding the first and last numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer must depend on the number, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{n}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; being a whole number. Therefore, the solution will not work for an odd range of numbers, only an even range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbols==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not all the symbols that may be available in TeX Notation for Moodle, just the ones that I have found to work in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \amalg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\amalg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oplus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \times&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|\ast&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ast&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|\dagger&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleleft&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleleft&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigcirc&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcirc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddagger&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ddagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \otimes&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\otimes&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleright&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleright&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangledown&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangledown&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\diamond&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \pm&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pm&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  	&lt;br /&gt;
| \odot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\odot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangleup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangleup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \div&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\div&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ominus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ominus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wr&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wr&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \circ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\circ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wedge&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wedge&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vee&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vee&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqcup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqcup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \leq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\leq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \geq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\geq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \equiv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\equiv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \prec&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\prec&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sim&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \perp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\perp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \preceq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\preceq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \simeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\simeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \mid&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mid&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ll&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \gg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \asymp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\asymp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \parallel&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\parallel&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \supset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \supseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \approx&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \neq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\neq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ni&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \notin&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\notin&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \in&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vdash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \dashv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dashv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \bullet&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bullet&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftarrow	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightharpoons&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightleftharpoons&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Im&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Im&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \nearrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nearrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \nwarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nwarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \swarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \swarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \searrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \searrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delimiters and Maths Constructs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Most delimiters and constructs need additional parameters for them to appear appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \{x&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \{x &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| x | \}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x | \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \rangle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rangle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \langle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \langle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \angle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \angle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \=&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt[n]{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt[n]{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \frac{ab}{cd}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{ab}{cd}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \backslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \backslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \widehat{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \widehat{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \$&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \$ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \overline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \overline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \underline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \underline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \therefore&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \therefore&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \ddots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \%&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \#&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \# &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \emptyset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \emptyset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
WARNINGS: The &amp;amp; character in LaTeX usually requires a backslash, \. In TeX Notation for Moodle, apparently, it does not. Other packages, AsciiMath, may use it differently again so be careful using it. The copyright character may use the MimeTeX charset, and produces a copyright notice for John Forkosh Associates who provided a lot of the essential packages for the TeX Notation for Moodle, so I understand. I have been, almost reliably, informed that a particular instruction will produce a different notice though .:)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a number of characters that can be used in TeX Notation for Moodle but do not render in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex08.png|frame|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Larger \left(x and \right) brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex06.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \widetilde{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex09.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \textdegree or (50)^\circ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek Letters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \alpha  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \beta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \gamma &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \epsilon &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\zeta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \zeta &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \eta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \theta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\iota&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \iota &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \kappa &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \lambda &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \mu &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\xi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \xi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \pi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \rho &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \sigma &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tau&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \tau &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \upsilon &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \phi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\chi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \chi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\psi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \psi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Theta&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Pi  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Phi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Gamma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Gamma&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Lambda  &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Sigma  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Psi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Psi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Xi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Upsilon&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vartheta &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \vartheta&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varrho  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varrho&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varphi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varphi &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varsigma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varsigma&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notable Exceptions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greek letter omicron (traditionally, mathemeticians don&#039;t make much use of omicron due to possible confusion with zero). Simply put, lowercase omicron is an &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; redered as &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. But note \omicron may now work with recent TeX implementations including MathJax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, these Greek capital letters cannot be rendered by TeX Notation in Moodle: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha, Beta, Zeta, Eta, Tau, Chi, Mu, Iota, Kappa and Epsilon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX methematics adopts the convention that lowercase Greek symbols are displayed as italics whereas uppercase Greek symbols are displayed as upright characters. Therefore, the missing Greek capital letters can simply be represented by the \mathrm{ } equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{A, B, Z, H, T, X, M, I, K, E}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boolean algebra==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of different conventions for representing Boolean (logic) algebra. Common conventions used in computer science and electronics are detailed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negation, NOT, ¬, !, ~, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \lnot, !, \sim, \overline{ }&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunction, AND, ∧, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \land, \wedge, \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
Dysjunction, OR, ∨, +, &lt;br /&gt;
 \lor, \vee, +&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusive dysjunction, XOR ⊻, ⊕&lt;br /&gt;
 \veebar, \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence, If and only if, Iff, ≡, ↔, ⇔&lt;br /&gt;
  \equiv, \leftrightarrow \iff&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: two representations of De Morgan&#039;s laws:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}} SS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ (A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B}) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a particular font you need to access the font using the same syntax as demonstrated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A math calligraphic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blackboard bold, a Castellar type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often used in number theory. For example: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of natural numbers including 0 {0, 1, 2, 3, ...}, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of integers {-..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... }, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of rational numbers, including integers, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{R}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of real numbers, which includes the natural numbers, rational numbers and irrational numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fraktur, an Old English type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is different in Tex Notation in Moodle than it is for other, full, TeX packages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An italic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A normal, upright non-italic, Roman font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
A bold-face font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of displays==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default size is rendered slightly larger than normal font size. TeX Notation in Moodle uses eight different sizes ranging from &amp;quot;tiny&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;huge&amp;quot;. However,these values seem to mean different things and are, I suspect, dependent upon the User&#039;s screen resolution. The sizes can be noted in four different ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fontsize{0} to \fontsize{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fontsize{2} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs{0} to \fs{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs{4} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs0 to \fs7&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs6 x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| As well, you can use \tiny \small &lt;br /&gt;
\normalsize \large \Large &lt;br /&gt;
\LARGE \huge \Huge&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\normalsize x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that TeX Notation in Moodle now allows \fs6, \fs7, \huge and \Huge to be properly rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Colour==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many scripting languages, we only need to name the colour we want to use. You may have to experiment a little with colours, but it will make for a brighter page. Once named, the entire statement will appear in the colour, and if you mix colours, the last named colour will dominate. Some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30a.gif|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \blue x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30b.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \green x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30c.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}$$ $$ \times $$ &lt;br /&gt;
$$\green (y \ + \ 12) $$ $$ \ = $$ $$ \ \blue 6^3 $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30d.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle 2.2 note: You may find this doesn&#039;t work for you. You can try to add &amp;quot;\usepackage{color}&amp;quot; to your tex notation setting &amp;quot;LaTeX preamble&amp;quot; (under Site adminstration/Plugins/Filters/TeX notation)and then use this new syntax: $$ \color{red} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may note this last one, it is considerably more complex than the previous for colours. TeX Notation in Windows does not allow multicoloured equations, if you name a number of colours in the equation, only the last named will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geometric Shapes== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to produce geometric shapes, one is with circles and the other is with lines. Each take a bit of practice to get right, but they can provide some simple geometry. It may be easier to produce the shapes in Illustrator or Paint Shop Pro or any one of a number of other drawing packages and use them to illustrate your lessons, but sometimes, some simple diagrams in Moodle will do a better job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Circles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Circles are easy to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex20.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Circles are easily created, and only needs a number to determine how large the circle is. &lt;br /&gt;
To create the circle use $$ \circle(150) $$. This makes a circle of 150 pixels in diameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcs are also easy to produce, but require some additional parameters. The same code structure used in circles create the basic shape, but the inclusion of a start and end point creates only the arc. However, notice where the 0 point is, not at the true North, but rather the East and run in an anti-clockwise direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;90,180)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;0,90)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;180,270)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;270,360)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure breaks down into the \circle command followed by the diameter, not the radius, of the circle, followed by a semi-colon, then the demarcation of the arc, the nomination of the start and end points in degrees from the 0, East, start point. Note that the canvas is the size of the diameter nominated by the circle&#039;s parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The \picture Command==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using circles and arcs as shown above is somewhat limiting. The \picture command allows you to use a frame in which to build a picture of many layers. Each part of the picture though needs to be in its own space, and while this frame allows you to be creative, to a degree, there are some very hard and fast rules about using it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All elements of a picture need to be located within the picture frame. Unexpected results occur when parts of an arc, for example, runs over the border of the frame. (This is particularly true of lines, which we will get to next, and the consequences of that overstepping of the border can cause serious problems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \picture command is structured like:&lt;br /&gt;
   \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&lt;br /&gt;
   \command(size of frame){(x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate){\shape to draw(size or x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate)})  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brace is used to enclose each set of required starting point coordinates. Inside each set of braces, another set of braces is used to isolate each set of coordinates from the other, and those coordinates use their proper brackets and backslash. Count the opening and closing brackets, be careful of the position,       &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture frame brings elements together that you may not otherwise see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the frame size of 100px and the centre point of the circle in the mid-point of the frame, the 200px circle will be squashed. Unexpected results occur when sizes are not correct.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Using the picture frame, you can layer circles &lt;br /&gt;
and lines over each other, or they can intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(99)} (50,50){\circle(80)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| You may want to see an image of a circle with a dot in the middle. &lt;br /&gt;
You may have to try to place the centre dot correctly , but the &lt;br /&gt;
ordering of the elements in the image may have an impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(48,46){\bullet}(50,50){\circle(99)}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Using the same ideas as above, you can make semi-circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(150){(50,50){\circle(100;0,180)}(100,50){\circle(100;180,360)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing lines in TeX Notation in Moodle is an issue, go to the [[Using_TeX_Notation#Reserved_Characters_and_Keywords| Using Text Notation]] for more information. If the line is not noted properly then the parser will try to correctly draw the line but will not successfully complete it. This means that every image that needs be drawn will be drawn until it hits the error. When the error is being converted, it fails, so no subsequent image is drawn. Be careful and make sure your line works BEFORE you move to the next problem or next image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex26.gif|frame|left| a couple of lines]] &lt;br /&gt;
| $$\red \picture(200){(20,0){ \line(180,0)}{(20,180){\line(180,0}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the picture box is that the \picture(200) provides a square image template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The (20,0) provides the starting coordinates for any line that comes after. In this case the start point is at 20pixels in the x axis and 0 pixels in the y axis. The starting point for all coordinates, 0,0, is the bottom left corner and they run in a clockwise manner. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not confuse this with arcs.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \line(180,0) determines the length and inclination of the line. In this case, the inclination is 0 and the length is 180px. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are enclosed in braces, all inside one set of braces owned by the \picture() control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next set of commands are the same, that is, the (20,200) are the coordinates of the next line. The x co-ordinate is the 20, that is the distance to the right from the 0 point. The y co-ordinates is the distance from the bottom of the image. Whereas the first line started and ran on the bottom of the picture frame, the y co-ordinate starts at the 200 pixel mark from the bottom of the image. The line, at 180 pixels long and has no y slope. This creates a spread pair of parallel lines.     &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimtex27.gif|thumb|right|150px|\picture explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this explains the structure of a line, there is a couple of elements that you need to go through to do more with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Squares and Rectangles==&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing squares and rectangles is similar, but only slightly different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should be a square box tool, and there is, but unless it has something inside it, it does not display. It is actually easier to make a square using the \line command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line03.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is constructed using:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
It is a 250 pixel square box with a 230 pixel square inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line04.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is different in that is has the equal length indicators that are used in a square.&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(5,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,10){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,5){\line(0,10)}&lt;br /&gt;
(240,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(235,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,240){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,235){\line(0,10)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line05.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The rectangle then becomes the same thing, but with one side shorter. For a portrait canvas it would be:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(150,0)}(160,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(150,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line06.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The rectangle can also produce a landscape shape:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,160)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,160)}(10,170){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controlling Angles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controlling angles is a little different. They involve a different perception, but not one that is unfamiliar. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a point from which we want to draw a line that is on an angle. The notation used at this point can be positive, positive or positive, negative or negative, positive or negative, negative. Think of it like a number plane or a graph, using directed numbers. The 0,0 point is in the centre, and we have four quadrants around it that give us one of the previously mentioned results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Image:co-ordquadrants.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06a.gif|left]] $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}}$$, &lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06b.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06c.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06d.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and a negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, what these points boil down to is that anything above the insertion point is a positive on the y axis, anything below is a negative. Anything to the left of the insertion point is a negative while everything to the right is a positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:line06e.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The co-ordinate alignment process in TeX is not that good that you can use one set of co-ords as a single starting point for all lines. The layering of each object varies because of the position of the previous object, so each object needs to be exactly placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This co-ord structure has a great deal of impact on intersecting lines, parallel lines and triangles. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intersecting Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set up an intersecting pair easily enough, using the \picture control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex31.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)} (0,130){\line(180,-180)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines that are drawn can be labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)}(0,130){\line(180,-180)}&lt;br /&gt;
(0,10){A}(0,135){B}(140,0){C}(140,150){D}(62,80){X}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To produce another image.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex32.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| To which you may want to ask the question: &lt;br /&gt;
$$The \ \angle \ of \ AXB \ is \ 72\textdegree. \ What \ is \ the \ value \ of \ \angle BXD? $$&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Image: cfmimetex32a.gif|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Labeling this image, above-right, turned out to be fairly simple. Offsetting points by a few pixels at the start or end points of the lines proved a successful strategy. The X point proved a little more problematic, and took a number of adjustments before getting it right. Experience here will help.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| With labels the drawing can become a little more like your traditional geometric drawing, but the devil is in the details. The parallel markers need to be placed properly, and that is where experience really comes into it. On lines that are vertical or horizontal, you can get away with using the &amp;gt; or &amp;lt; directly from the keyboard, or the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  symbols. In either case, you need to position them properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(200){(15,45){\line(170,0)} (15,30){c}(170,28){d}(15,160){\line(170,0)}(15,145){e}(180,143){f}(50,20){\line(110,175)}(58,20){a}(140,185){b}(42,32){\kappa}(53,48){\beta}&lt;br /&gt;
(150,165){\kappa}&lt;br /&gt;
(90,38){\gg}(80,153){\gg}&lt;br /&gt;
}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line10.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines and Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining lines and arcs is a serious challenge actually, on a number of levels. For example lets take an arc from the first page on circles.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Fairly innocuous of itself, but when we start to add in elements, it changes dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \circle(120;90,180) $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line12.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(150){(75,75){\circle(120;90,180)}(75,75){\line(-70,0)}(75,75){\line(0,75)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
All elements in this drawing start in the same place. Each is layered, and properly placed on the canvas, and using the same co-ord to start makes it easy to control them. No matter the size of the arc, intersecting lines can all be drawn using the centre co-ords of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Triangles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the drawing objects, it is actually triangles that present the most challenge. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line13.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350){(10,10){\line(0,320)}(10,330){\line(330,0)}(10,10){\line(330,320)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a simple triangle, one that allows us to establish a simple set of rules for the sides. The vertical always has an x=0 co-ord and the horizontal always has a y=0 co-ord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case with an x value of 330 on the horizontal, and a y value of 320 on the vertical, the hypotenuse should then have a value of x=340, and the y=330, but not so, they actually have an x=330 and a y=320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to add the starting point co-ords to the x and y values of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line14.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$picture(350){(10,10){\line(330,0)}(340,10){\line(0,320)}(340,330){\line(-330,-320)}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This triangle has been developed for a Trigonometry page - but the additional notation should provide insight into how you can use it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line16.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a labeled image, but it has an \fbox in it with its little line. With some effort, it could be replaced with two intersecting short lines.&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350,150){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(325,25){\line(0,110)}(25,25){\line(300,110)}(309,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}&lt;br /&gt;
(307,98){\theta}(135,75){\beta}(150,5){\alpha}(335,75){\epsilon}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| The triangle shows like: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:trig01.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|We use the different elements of the triangle to identify those things we need to know about a right-angled triangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hypotenuse is always the side that is opposite the right angle. The longest side is always the Hypotenuse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify the other elements of the triangle we look for the sign &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the starting point for naming the other sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that is opposite &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Opposite. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that lies alongside &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Adjacent side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine which is which, draw a line that bisects &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and whatever line it crosses is the Opposite side. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(350,250){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(25,25){\line(0,220)}(25,245){\line(300,-220)}(310,25){\circle(100;135,180)}(20,100){\line(310,-75)} (25,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}(25,25){\line(150,150)}(165,140){Hypotenuse}(120,2){Adjacent}(2,80){\rotatebox{90}{Opposite}}(270,40){\theta}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Matrices=&lt;br /&gt;
A Matrix is a rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns which can be used to organize numeric information. Matrices can be used to predict trends and outcomes in real situations - i.e. polling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
A matrix can be written and displayed like [[Image: matrices03.gif|A matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the matrix is constructed using the brackets before creating the array:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ M = \left[\begin{array}{ccc} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
The internal structure of the array is generated by the &amp;amp;, ampersand, and the double backslash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a grid for the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A dashed line&lt;br /&gt;
|A solid line&lt;br /&gt;
|A mixed line&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices04.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices05.gif]]	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices06.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c.c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c|c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command sequences here are the {c|c.c} and \hdash and \hline. The pipe, |, and the full stop determine the line type for the vertical line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matrices also respond to other TeX Notation commands such as size and colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Colour&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Size&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices07.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices08.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices09.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\blue&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs7&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs2&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating equal and unequal matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
Equal and unequal matrices are simply matrices that either share or not share the same number of rows and columns. To be more precise, equal matrices share the same order and each element in the corresponding positions are equal. Anything else is unequal matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually equal and unequal matrices are constructed along similar lines, but have different shapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Equal Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|An unequal matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices10.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b \ c&amp;amp;d \ e&amp;amp;f \end{array}\right] \ \neq \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Labeling a Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition and subtraction matrices are similar again, but the presentation is usually very different. The problem comes when trying to mix labels into arrays. The lack of sophistication in the TeX Notation plays against it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle allows an easy adoption of tables to make it work though. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker supplies three shops, A, B and C with pies, pasties and sausage rolls. &lt;br /&gt;
  He is expected to determine the stock levels of those three shops in his estimation of supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is better to use the Moodle Fullscreen editor for this, to have a better idea of how the end product will look and to take advantage of the additional tools available. Design decisions need occupy our attention for a while. We need a table of five rows and four columns. The first row is a header row, so the label is centred. The next row needs four columns, a blank cell to start and labels A, B and C. The next three rows are divided into two columns, with the labels, pies, pasties and sausage rolls in each row of the first column and the matrix resides in a merged set of columns there. So first the table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Insert Table - initial properties&lt;br /&gt;
| Merge Cells Button&lt;br /&gt;
| Advanced Properties&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Image: matricestable01.png|Table properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable02.png | Merge cells]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable03.png | Cell properties button]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| You may need to look into the Advanced properties setting of the tables and cells to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the immediate result: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable04.png | The resulting table]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not a very good look, it can be made better by tweaking the table using the advanced settings and properties buttons and then you can tweak the matrix itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tweaking the Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable05a.png | A tweaked matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things are not always as they seem, be aware, the &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; does not stand for &amp;quot;column&amp;quot;, it actually stands for &amp;quot;centre&amp;quot;. The columns are aligned by the letters l, for left, c for centre and r for right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column is spread across 50 pixels, so the value of 50 is entered into the alignment declaration. The plus sign before the value is used to &amp;quot;propogate&amp;quot; or to force the value across the whole matrix, but is not used when wanting to separate only one column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the rows is a little more problematic. The capital letter C sets the vertical alignment to the centre, (B is for baseline, but that does not guarantee that the numbers will appear on the base line, and there does not appear to be any third value). The plus sign and following value sets the height of all rows to the number given. In this I have given it a value of 25 pixels for the entire matrix. If there were four or five rows, the same height requirement is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order things appear is also important. If you change the order of these settings, they will either not work at all, or will not render as you expect them to. If something does not work properly, then check to make sure you have the right order first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Addition Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rule for performing operations on matrices is that they must be equal matrices. For example, addition matrices look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable06.png | An addition matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the results obvious. The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] + \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  60&amp;amp;60&amp;amp;60 \ \hdash 40&amp;amp;40&amp;amp;30 \ \hdash 30&amp;amp;30&amp;amp;30&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Subtraction Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an addition matrix in its construction, the subtraction matrix is subject to the same rules of equality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same essential data, we can calculate the daily sales of each of the shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable07.png | A subtraction matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  72&amp;amp;95&amp;amp;68 \ \hdash 54&amp;amp;61&amp;amp;65 \ \hdash 48&amp;amp;51&amp;amp;60&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] - \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash 16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] = \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  61&amp;amp;81&amp;amp;56 \ \hdash 38&amp;amp;49&amp;amp;43 \ \hdash 34&amp;amp;34&amp;amp;48&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code looks more complex than it really is, it is cluttered by the lines and alignment sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiplication Matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different than the addition or subtraction matrices, the multiplication matrix comes in three parts, the row matrix, the column matrix and the answer matrix. This implies it has a different construction methodology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices16.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \begin{array} 10&amp;amp;amp;14&amp;amp;amp;16\end{array} \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} 45 \\ 61 \\ 19 \end{array}\right] &lt;br /&gt;
  \ = \ \begin{array} 450&amp;amp;amp;854&amp;amp;amp;304\end{array} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different, it is not necessarily more complex. For example a problem like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker is selling his product to Con the cafe owner, who &lt;br /&gt;
  wants to make sure his overall prices are profitable for himself. &lt;br /&gt;
  Con needs to make sure that his average price is providing sufficient &lt;br /&gt;
  profit to be able to keep the cafes open. Con makes his calculations &lt;br /&gt;
  on a weekly basis, comparing cost to sale prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the pies, pasties and sausage rolls in that order he applies them to the cost and sale price columns :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices17.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array} 350&amp;amp;amp;310&amp;amp;amp;270 \end{array}\right] \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} \$2.10&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$2.05&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$1.90&amp;amp;amp;\$3.10 \end{array} &lt;br /&gt;
  \right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} \$735.00&amp;amp;amp;\$1260.00 \ \$635.50&amp;amp;amp;\$1116.00 \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \$513.00&amp;amp;amp;$\837.00 \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mathematics_tools_FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MathJax_filter]] - available in Moodle 2.7 and later&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TeX notation filter]] To turn on the TeX Notation &lt;br /&gt;
* [[DragMath equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chemistry notation using mhchem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127392</id>
		<title>Using TeX Notation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127392"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T19:57:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
TeX (&#039;&#039;&#039;/&#039;tɛx/tekh&#039;&#039;&#039;, often pronounced TeK in English)  is a very widespread and popular way of representing Mathematics notation using only characters that you can type on a keyboard (see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TeX Wikipedia]).  This makes it a useful format to use in Moodle, since it can be entered anywhere you can type text, from forum posts to quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX expressions can be entered in multiple ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* typing them directly into texts.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the Java-based Dragmath editor in Moodle&#039;s TinyMCE editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the HTML-based equation editor in Moodle&#039;s Atto editor (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, TeX expressions are rendered into Mathematics notation:&lt;br /&gt;
* using the TeX filter in Moodle, which uses a TeX binary installed on the server to convert expressions into .gif images (or if that is not available, it falls back to a simple built-in mimetex binary).&lt;br /&gt;
* using the [[MathJax_filter]] which identifies TeX expressions and uses the Mathjax JS library to render them in browsers at display time (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
* using other third-party solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can imagine, the whole field is not as simple as we would like, especially because there are many flavours of TeX and slight variations between tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page focusses only on using TeX in core Moodle.  See the links at the bottom of this page for more information on setting up TeX editors and filters, including other tools from the Moodle community that may be suitable for advanced users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This Wiki environment uses a DIFFERENT TeX renderer to Moodle, especially when it comes to control sequences.  For this reason images are sometimes used to represent what it should look like in Moodle.   YMMV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Language Conventions== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a TeX sequence in your text, surround it with $$ markers. To invoke a particular command or control sequence, use the backslash, \. A typical control sequence looks like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) $$  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex10.gif|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fraction and square root.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional spaces can be placed into the equation using the \ without a trailing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Note== &lt;br /&gt;
When an equation is surrounded by a pair of  $$ markers, it is displayed centered on its own line. The $$’s are primitive TeX markers. With LaTeX, it is often recommended to use the pair \[ and \] to enclose equations, rather than the $$ markers, because the newer syntax checks for mistyped equations and better adjusts vertical spacing. If the TeX Notation filter is activated, which set a LaTeX renderer, the same equation as above is obtained with the following control sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\[&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the equation is mistyped, it will be displayed enclosed in a box to signal the mistake and if the equation appears in a new paragraph, the vertical space above the equation will adjust correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reserved Characters and Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most characters and numbers on the keyboard can be used at their default value. As with any computing language, though, there are a set of reserved characters and keywords that are used by the program for its own purposes. TeX Notation is no different, but it does have a very small set of Reserved Characters. This will not be a complete list of reserved characters, but some of these are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use these characters in an equation just place the \ in front of them like \$ or \%. If you want to use the backslash, just use \backslash. The only exception here seems to be the &amp;amp;, ampersand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Superscripts, Subscripts and Roots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts are recorded using the caret, ^, symbol. An example for a Maths class might be: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  This is a shorthand way of saying: &lt;br /&gt;
  (4 x 4) x (4 x 4 x 4) = (4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4)&lt;br /&gt;
  or&lt;br /&gt;
  16 x 64 = 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subscripts are similar, but use the underscore character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is OK if you want superscripts or subscripts, but square roots are a little different. This uses a control sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \sqrt{64} \ = \ 8 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqrt{64} \ = \ 8&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take this a little further, but adding in a control character. You may ask a question like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n? $$  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n?&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using these different commands allows you to develop equations like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts, Subscripts and roots can also be noted in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fractions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fractions in TeX are actually simple, as long as you remember the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{numerator}{denominator} $$ which produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{numerator}{denominator}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be given as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is entered as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}.$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With fractions (as with other commands) the curly brackets can be nested so that for example you can implement negative exponents in fractions.  As you can see,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac {5^{-2}}{3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {5^{-2}}{3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac{3}{4^{-3}}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{3}{4^{-3}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You likely do not want to use $$\frac{3}{4}^{-3}$$ as it produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{3}{4}^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use fractions and negative exponents in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As students advance through Maths, they come into contact with brackets. Algebraic notation depends heavily on brackets. The usual keyboard values of ( and ) are useful, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually, these brackets are enough for most formulae but they will not be in some circumstances. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ (x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is OK, but try it this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple change using the \left( and \right) symbols instead. Note the actual bracket is both named and presented. Brackets are almost essential in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellipsis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ellipsis is a simple code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Written like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n  $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more practical application could be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Add together all the numbers from 1 &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; 38.&lt;br /&gt;
  What is an elegant and simple solution to this problem?&lt;br /&gt;
  Can you create an algebraic function to explain this solution?&lt;br /&gt;
  Will your solution work for all numbers?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer:&lt;br /&gt;
The question uses an even number to demonstrate a mathematical process and generate an algebraic formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class = &amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 1:&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 2.&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 3.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1. \ 1 \ + \ 38 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2. \ 2 \ + \ 37 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3. \ 3 \ + \ 36 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;19. 19 \ + \ 20 \ = \ 39 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 39 \ \times \ 19 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 741 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|An algebraic function might read something like:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t = (1 + n) \times n/2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where t = total and n = the last number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The solution is that, using the largest and the smallest numbers, the numbers are added and then multiplied by the number of different combinations to produce the same result adding the first and last numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer must depend on the number, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{n}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; being a whole number. Therefore, the solution will not work for an odd range of numbers, only an even range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbols==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not all the symbols that may be available in TeX Notation for Moodle, just the ones that I have found to work in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \amalg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\amalg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oplus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \times&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|\ast&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ast&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|\dagger&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleleft&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleleft&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigcirc&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcirc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddagger&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ddagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \otimes&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\otimes&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleright&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleright&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangledown&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangledown&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\diamond&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \pm&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pm&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  	&lt;br /&gt;
| \odot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\odot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangleup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangleup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \div&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\div&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ominus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ominus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wr&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wr&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \circ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\circ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wedge&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wedge&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vee&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vee&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqcup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqcup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \leq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\leq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \geq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\geq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \equiv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\equiv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \prec&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\prec&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sim&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \perp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\perp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \preceq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\preceq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \simeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\simeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \mid&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mid&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ll&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \gg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \asymp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\asymp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \parallel&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\parallel&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \supset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \supseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \approx&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \neq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\neq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ni&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \notin&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\notin&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \in&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vdash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \dashv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dashv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \bullet&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bullet&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftarrow	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightharpoons&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightleftharpoons&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Im&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Im&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \nearrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nearrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \nwarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nwarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \swarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \swarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \searrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \searrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delimiters and Maths Constructs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Most delimiters and constructs need additional parameters for them to appear appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \{x&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \{x &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| x | \}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x | \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \rangle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rangle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \langle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \langle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \angle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \angle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \=&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt[n]{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt[n]{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \frac{ab}{cd}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{ab}{cd}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \backslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \backslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \widehat{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \widehat{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \$&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \$ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \overline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \overline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \underline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \underline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \therefore&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \therefore&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \ddots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \%&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \#&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \# &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \emptyset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \emptyset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
WARNINGS: The &amp;amp; character in LaTeX usually requires a backslash, \. In TeX Notation for Moodle, apparently, it does not. Other packages, AsciiMath, may use it differently again so be careful using it. The copyright character may use the MimeTeX charset, and produces a copyright notice for John Forkosh Associates who provided a lot of the essential packages for the TeX Notation for Moodle, so I understand. I have been, almost reliably, informed that a particular instruction will produce a different notice though .:)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a number of characters that can be used in TeX Notation for Moodle but do not render in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex08.png|frame|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Larger \left(x and \right) brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex06.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \widetilde{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex09.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \textdegree or (50)^\circ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek Letters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \alpha  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \beta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \gamma &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \epsilon &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\zeta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \zeta &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \eta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \theta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\iota&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \iota &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \kappa &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \lambda &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \mu &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\xi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \xi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \pi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \rho &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \sigma &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tau&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \tau &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \upsilon &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \phi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\chi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \chi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\psi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \psi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Theta&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Pi  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Phi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Gamma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Gamma&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Lambda  &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Sigma  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Psi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Psi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Xi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Upsilon&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vartheta &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \vartheta&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varrho  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varrho&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varphi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varphi &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varsigma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varsigma&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notable Exceptions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greek letter omicron (traditionally, mathemeticians don&#039;t make much use of omicron due to possible confusion with zero). Simply put, lowercase omicron is an &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; redered as &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. But note \omicron may now work with recent TeX implementations including MathJax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, these Greek capital letters cannot be rendered by TeX Notation in Moodle: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha, Beta, Zeta, Eta, Tau, Chi, Mu, Iota, Kappa and Epsilon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX methematics adopts the convention that lowercase Greek symbols are displayed as italics whereas uppercase Greek symbols are displayed as upright characters. Therefore, the missing Greek capital letters can simply be represented by the \mathrm{ } equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{A, B, Z, H, T, X, M, I, K, E}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boolean algebra==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of different conventions for representing Boolean (logic) algebra. Common conventions used in computer science and electronics are detailed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negation, NOT, ¬, !, ~, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \lnot, !, \sim, \overline{ }&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunction, AND, ∧, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \land, \wedge, \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
Dysjunction, OR, ∨, +, &lt;br /&gt;
 \lor, \vee, +&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusive dysjunction, XOR ⊻, ⊕&lt;br /&gt;
 \veebar, \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence, If and only if, Iff, ≡, ↔, ⇔&lt;br /&gt;
  \equiv, \leftrightarrow \iff&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: two representations of De Morgan&#039;s laws:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}} SS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ (A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B}) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a particular font you need to access the font using the same syntax as demonstrated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A math calligraphic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blackboard bold, a Castellar type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often used in number theory. For example: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of natural numbers including 0 {0, 1, 2, 3, ...}, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of integers {-..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... }, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of rational numbers, including integers, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{R}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of real numbers, which includes the natural numbers, rational numbers and irrational numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fraktur, an Old English type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is different in Tex Notation in Moodle than it is for other, full, TeX packages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An italic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A normal, upright non-italic, Roman font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
A bold-face font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of displays==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default size is rendered slightly larger than normal font size. TeX Notation in Moodle uses eight different sizes ranging from &amp;quot;tiny&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;huge&amp;quot;. However,these values seem to mean different things and are, I suspect, dependent upon the User&#039;s screen resolution. The sizes can be noted in four different ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fontsize{0} to \fontsize{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fontsize{2} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs{0} to \fs{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs{4} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs0 to \fs7&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs6 x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| As well, you can use \tiny \small &lt;br /&gt;
\normalsize \large \Large &lt;br /&gt;
\LARGE \huge \Huge&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\normalsize x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that TeX Notation in Moodle now allows \fs6, \fs7, \huge and \Huge to be properly rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Colour==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many scripting languages, we only need to name the colour we want to use. You may have to experiment a little with colours, but it will make for a brighter page. Once named, the entire statement will appear in the colour, and if you mix colours, the last named colour will dominate. Some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30a.gif|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \blue x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30b.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \green x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30c.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}$$ $$ \times $$ &lt;br /&gt;
$$\green (y \ + \ 12) $$ $$ \ = $$ $$ \ \blue 6^3 $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30d.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle 2.2 note: You may find this doesn&#039;t work for you. You can try to add &amp;quot;\usepackage{color}&amp;quot; to your tex notation setting &amp;quot;LaTeX preamble&amp;quot; (under Site adminstration/Plugins/Filters/TeX notation)and then use this new syntax: $$ \color{red} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may note this last one, it is considerably more complex than the previous for colours. TeX Notation in Windows does not allow multicoloured equations, if you name a number of colours in the equation, only the last named will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geometric Shapes== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to produce geometric shapes, one is with circles and the other is with lines. Each take a bit of practice to get right, but they can provide some simple geometry. It may be easier to produce the shapes in Illustrator or Paint Shop Pro or any one of a number of other drawing packages and use them to illustrate your lessons, but sometimes, some simple diagrams in Moodle will do a better job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Circles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Circles are easy to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex20.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Circles are easily created, and only needs a number to determine how large the circle is. &lt;br /&gt;
To create the circle use $$ \circle(150) $$. This makes a circle of 150 pixels in diameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcs are also easy to produce, but require some additional parameters. The same code structure used in circles create the basic shape, but the inclusion of a start and end point creates only the arc. However, notice where the 0 point is, not at the true North, but rather the East and run in an anti-clockwise direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;90,180)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;0,90)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;180,270)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;270,360)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure breaks down into the \circle command followed by the diameter, not the radius, of the circle, followed by a semi-colon, then the demarcation of the arc, the nomination of the start and end points in degrees from the 0, East, start point. Note that the canvas is the size of the diameter nominated by the circle&#039;s parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The \picture Command==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using circles and arcs as shown above is somewhat limiting. The \picture command allows you to use a frame in which to build a picture of many layers. Each part of the picture though needs to be in its own space, and while this frame allows you to be creative, to a degree, there are some very hard and fast rules about using it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All elements of a picture need to be located within the picture frame. Unexpected results occur when parts of an arc, for example, runs over the border of the frame. (This is particularly true of lines, which we will get to next, and the consequences of that overstepping of the border can cause serious problems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \picture command is structured like:&lt;br /&gt;
   \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&lt;br /&gt;
   \command(size of frame){(x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate){\shape to draw(size or x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate)})  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brace is used to enclose each set of required starting point coordinates. Inside each set of braces, another set of braces is used to isolate each set of coordinates from the other, and those coordinates use their proper brackets and backslash. Count the opening and closing brackets, be careful of the position,       &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture frame brings elements together that you may not otherwise see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the frame size of 100px and the centre point of the circle in the mid-point of the frame, the 200px circle will be squashed. Unexpected results occur when sizes are not correct.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Using the picture frame, you can layer circles &lt;br /&gt;
and lines over each other, or they can intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(99)} (50,50){\circle(80)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| You may want to see an image of a circle with a dot in the middle. &lt;br /&gt;
You may have to try to place the centre dot correctly , but the &lt;br /&gt;
ordering of the elements in the image may have an impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(48,46){\bullet}(50,50){\circle(99)}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Using the same ideas as above, you can make semi-circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(150){(50,50){\circle(100;0,180)}(100,50){\circle(100;180,360)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing lines in TeX Notation in Moodle is an issue, go to the [[Using_TeX_Notation#Reserved_Characters_and_Keywords| Using Text Notation]] for more information. If the line is not noted properly then the parser will try to correctly draw the line but will not successfully complete it. This means that every image that needs be drawn will be drawn until it hits the error. When the error is being converted, it fails, so no subsequent image is drawn. Be careful and make sure your line works BEFORE you move to the next problem or next image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex26.gif|frame|left| a couple of lines]] &lt;br /&gt;
| $$\red \picture(200){(20,0){ \line(180,0)}{(20,180){\line(180,0}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the picture box is that the \picture(200) provides a square image template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The (20,0) provides the starting coordinates for any line that comes after. In this case the start point is at 20pixels in the x axis and 0 pixels in the y axis. The starting point for all coordinates, 0,0, is the bottom left corner and they run in a clockwise manner. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not confuse this with arcs.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \line(180,0) determines the length and inclination of the line. In this case, the inclination is 0 and the length is 180px. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are enclosed in braces, all inside one set of braces owned by the \picture() control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next set of commands are the same, that is, the (20,200) are the coordinates of the next line. The x co-ordinate is the 20, that is the distance to the right from the 0 point. The y co-ordinates is the distance from the bottom of the image. Whereas the first line started and ran on the bottom of the picture frame, the y co-ordinate starts at the 200 pixel mark from the bottom of the image. The line, at 180 pixels long and has no y slope. This creates a spread pair of parallel lines.     &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimtex27.gif|thumb|right|150px|\picture explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this explains the structure of a line, there is a couple of elements that you need to go through to do more with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Squares and Rectangles==&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing squares and rectangles is similar, but only slightly different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should be a square box tool, and there is, but unless it has something inside it, it does not display. It is actually easier to make a square using the \line command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line03.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is constructed using:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
It is a 250 pixel square box with a 230 pixel square inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line04.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is different in that is has the equal length indicators that are used in a square.&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(5,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,10){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,5){\line(0,10)}&lt;br /&gt;
(240,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(235,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,240){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,235){\line(0,10)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line05.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The rectangle then becomes the same thing, but with one side shorter. For a portrait canvas it would be:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(150,0)}(160,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(150,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line06.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The rectangle can also produce a landscape shape:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,160)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,160)}(10,170){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controlling Angles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controlling angles is a little different. They involve a different perception, but not one that is unfamiliar. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a point from which we want to draw a line that is on an angle. The notation used at this point can be positive, positive or positive, negative or negative, positive or negative, negative. Think of it like a number plane or a graph, using directed numbers. The 0,0 point is in the centre, and we have four quadrants around it that give us one of the previously mentioned results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Image:co-ordquadrants.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06a.gif|left]] $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}}$$, &lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06b.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06c.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06d.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and a negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, what these points boil down to is that anything above the insertion point is a positive on the y axis, anything below is a negative. Anything to the left of the insertion point is a negative while everything to the right is a positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:line06e.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The co-ordinate alignment process in TeX is not that good that you can use one set of co-ords as a single starting point for all lines. The layering of each object varies because of the position of the previous object, so each object needs to be exactly placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This co-ord structure has a great deal of impact on intersecting lines, parallel lines and triangles. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intersecting Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set up an intersecting pair easily enough, using the \picture control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex31.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)} (0,130){\line(180,-180)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines that are drawn can be labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)}(0,130){\line(180,-180)}&lt;br /&gt;
(0,10){A}(0,135){B}(140,0){C}(140,150){D}(62,80){X}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To produce another image.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex32.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| To which you may want to ask the question: &lt;br /&gt;
$$The \ \angle \ of \ AXB \ is \ 72\textdegree. \ What \ is \ the \ value \ of \ \angle BXD? $$&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Image: cfmimetex32a.gif|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Labeling this image, above-right, turned out to be fairly simple. Offsetting points by a few pixels at the start or end points of the lines proved a successful strategy. The X point proved a little more problematic, and took a number of adjustments before getting it right. Experience here will help.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| With labels the drawing can become a little more like your traditional geometric drawing, but the devil is in the details. The parallel markers need to be placed properly, and that is where experience really comes into it. On lines that are vertical or horizontal, you can get away with using the &amp;gt; or &amp;lt; directly from the keyboard, or the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  symbols. In either case, you need to position them properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(200){(15,45){\line(170,0)} (15,30){c}(170,28){d}(15,160){\line(170,0)}(15,145){e}(180,143){f}(50,20){\line(110,175)}(58,20){a}(140,185){b}(42,32){\kappa}(53,48){\beta}&lt;br /&gt;
(150,165){\kappa}&lt;br /&gt;
(90,38){\gg}(80,153){\gg}&lt;br /&gt;
}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line10.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines and Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining lines and arcs is a serious challenge actually, on a number of levels. For example lets take an arc from the first page on circles.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Fairly innocuous of itself, but when we start to add in elements, it changes dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \circle(120;90,180) $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line12.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(150){(75,75){\circle(120;90,180)}(75,75){\line(-70,0)}(75,75){\line(0,75)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
All elements in this drawing start in the same place. Each is layered, and properly placed on the canvas, and using the same co-ord to start makes it easy to control them. No matter the size of the arc, intersecting lines can all be drawn using the centre co-ords of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Triangles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the drawing objects, it is actually triangles that present the most challenge. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line13.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350){(10,10){\line(0,320)}(10,330){\line(330,0)}(10,10){\line(330,320)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a simple triangle, one that allows us to establish a simple set of rules for the sides. The vertical always has an x=0 co-ord and the horizontal always has a y=0 co-ord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case with an x value of 330 on the horizontal, and a y value of 320 on the vertical, the hypotenuse should then have a value of x=340, and the y=330, but not so, they actually have an x=330 and a y=320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to add the starting point co-ords to the x and y values of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line14.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$picture(350){(10,10){\line(330,0)}(340,10){\line(0,320)}(340,330){\line(-330,-320)}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This triangle has been developed for a Trigonometry page - but the additional notation should provide insight into how you can use it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line16.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a labeled image, but it has an \fbox in it with its little line. With some effort, it could be replaced with two intersecting short lines.&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350,150){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(325,25){\line(0,110)}(25,25){\line(300,110)}(309,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}&lt;br /&gt;
(307,98){\theta}(135,75){\beta}(150,5){\alpha}(335,75){\epsilon}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| The triangle shows like: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:trig01.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|We use the different elements of the triangle to identify those things we need to know about a right-angled triangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hypotenuse is always the side that is opposite the right angle. The longest side is always the Hypotenuse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify the other elements of the triangle we look for the sign &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the starting point for naming the other sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that is opposite &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Opposite. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that lies alongside &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Adjacent side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine which is which, draw a line that bisects &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and whatever line it crosses is the Opposite side. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(350,250){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(25,25){\line(0,220)}(25,245){\line(300,-220)}(310,25){\circle(100;135,180)}(20,100){\line(310,-75)} (25,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}(25,25){\line(150,150)}(165,140){Hypotenuse}(120,2){Adjacent}(2,80){\rotatebox{90}{Opposite}}(270,40){\theta}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Matrices=&lt;br /&gt;
A Matrix is a rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns which can be used to organize numeric information. Matrices can be used to predict trends and outcomes in real situations - i.e. polling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
A matrix can be written and displayed like [[Image: matrices03.gif|A matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the matrix is constructed using the brackets before creating the array:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ M = \left[\begin{array}{ccc} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
The internal structure of the array is generated by the &amp;amp;, ampersand, and the double backslash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a grid for the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A dashed line&lt;br /&gt;
|A solid line&lt;br /&gt;
|A mixed line&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices04.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices05.gif]]	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices06.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c.c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c|c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command sequences here are the {c|c.c} and \hdash and \hline. The pipe, |, and the full stop determine the line type for the vertical line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matrices also respond to other TeX Notation commands such as size and colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Colour&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Size&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices07.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices08.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices09.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\blue&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs7&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs2&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating equal and unequal matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
Equal and unequal matrices are simply matrices that either share or not share the same number of rows and columns. To be more precise, equal matrices share the same order and each element in the corresponding positions are equal. Anything else is unequal matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually equal and unequal matrices are constructed along similar lines, but have different shapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Equal Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|An unequal matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices10.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b \ c&amp;amp;d \ e&amp;amp;f \end{array}\right] \ \neq \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Labeling a Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition and subtraction matrices are similar again, but the presentation is usually very different. The problem comes when trying to mix labels into arrays. The lack of sophistication in the TeX Notation plays against it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle allows an easy adoption of tables to make it work though. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker supplies three shops, A, B and C with pies, pasties and sausage rolls. &lt;br /&gt;
  He is expected to determine the stock levels of those three shops in his estimation of supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is better to use the Moodle Fullscreen editor for this, to have a better idea of how the end product will look and to take advantage of the additional tools available. Design decisions need occupy our attention for a while. We need a table of five rows and four columns. The first row is a header row, so the label is centred. The next row needs four columns, a blank cell to start and labels A, B and C. The next three rows are divided into two columns, with the labels, pies, pasties and sausage rolls in each row of the first column and the matrix resides in a merged set of columns there. So first the table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Insert Table - initial properties&lt;br /&gt;
| Merge Cells Button&lt;br /&gt;
| Advanced Properties&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Image: matricestable01.png|Table properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable02.png | Merge cells]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable03.png | Cell properties button]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| You may need to look into the Advanced properties setting of the tables and cells to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the immediate result: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable04.png | The resulting table]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not a very good look, it can be made better by tweaking the table using the advanced settings and properties buttons and then you can tweak the matrix itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tweaking the Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable05a.png | A tweaked matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things are not always as they seem, be aware, the &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; does not stand for &amp;quot;column&amp;quot;, it actually stands for &amp;quot;centre&amp;quot;. The columns are aligned by the letters l, for left, c for centre and r for right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column is spread across 50 pixels, so the value of 50 is entered into the alignment declaration. The plus sign before the value is used to &amp;quot;propogate&amp;quot; or to force the value across the whole matrix, but is not used when wanting to separate only one column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the rows is a little more problematic. The capital letter C sets the vertical alignment to the centre, (B is for baseline, but that does not guarantee that the numbers will appear on the base line, and there does not appear to be any third value). The plus sign and following value sets the height of all rows to the number given. In this I have given it a value of 25 pixels for the entire matrix. If there were four or five rows, the same height requirement is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order things appear is also important. If you change the order of these settings, they will either not work at all, or will not render as you expect them to. If something does not work properly, then check to make sure you have the right order first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Addition Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rule for performing operations on matrices is that they must be equal matrices. For example, addition matrices look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable06.png | An addition matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the results obvious. The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] + \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  60&amp;amp;60&amp;amp;60 \ \hdash 40&amp;amp;40&amp;amp;30 \ \hdash 30&amp;amp;30&amp;amp;30&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Subtraction Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an addition matrix in its construction, the subtraction matrix is subject to the same rules of equality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same essential data, we can calculate the daily sales of each of the shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable07.png | A subtraction matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  72&amp;amp;95&amp;amp;68 \ \hdash 54&amp;amp;61&amp;amp;65 \ \hdash 48&amp;amp;51&amp;amp;60&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] - \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash 16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] = \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  61&amp;amp;81&amp;amp;56 \ \hdash 38&amp;amp;49&amp;amp;43 \ \hdash 34&amp;amp;34&amp;amp;48&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code looks more complex than it really is, it is cluttered by the lines and alignment sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiplication Matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different than the addition or subtraction matrices, the multiplication matrix comes in three parts, the row matrix, the column matrix and the answer matrix. This implies it has a different construction methodology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices16.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \begin{array} 10&amp;amp;amp;14&amp;amp;amp;16\end{array} \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} 45 \\ 61 \\ 19 \end{array}\right] &lt;br /&gt;
  \ = \ \begin{array} 450&amp;amp;amp;854&amp;amp;amp;304\end{array} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different, it is not necessarily more complex. For example a problem like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker is selling his product to Con the cafe owner, who &lt;br /&gt;
  wants to make sure his overall prices are profitable for himself. &lt;br /&gt;
  Con needs to make sure that his average price is providing sufficient &lt;br /&gt;
  profit to be able to keep the cafes open. Con makes his calculations &lt;br /&gt;
  on a weekly basis, comparing cost to sale prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the pies, pasties and sausage rolls in that order he applies them to the cost and sale price columns :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices17.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array} 350&amp;amp;amp;310&amp;amp;amp;270 \end{array}\right] \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} \$2.10&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$2.05&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$1.90&amp;amp;amp;\$3.10 \end{array} &lt;br /&gt;
  \right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} \$735.00&amp;amp;amp;\$1260.00 \ \$635.50&amp;amp;amp;\$1116.00 \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \$513.00&amp;amp;amp;$\837.00 \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mathematics_tools_FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MathJax_filter]] - available in Moodle 2.7 and later&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TeX notation filter]] To turn on the TeX Notation &lt;br /&gt;
* [[DragMath equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chemistry notation using mhchem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127391</id>
		<title>Using TeX Notation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/35/en/index.php?title=Using_TeX_Notation&amp;diff=127391"/>
		<updated>2017-04-14T19:56:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dbauer-ets: /* Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
TeX (&#039;&#039;&#039;/&#039;tɛx/tekh&#039;&#039;&#039;, often pronounced TeK in English)  is a very widespread and popular way of representing Mathematics notation using only characters that you can type on a keyboard (see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TeX Wikipedia]).  This makes it a useful format to use in Moodle, since it can be entered anywhere you can type text, from forum posts to quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX expressions can be entered in multiple ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* typing them directly into texts.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the Java-based Dragmath editor in Moodle&#039;s TinyMCE editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* using the HTML-based equation editor in Moodle&#039;s Atto editor (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, TeX expressions are rendered into Mathematics notation:&lt;br /&gt;
* using the TeX filter in Moodle, which uses a TeX binary installed on the server to convert expressions into .gif images (or if that is not available, it falls back to a simple built-in mimetex binary).&lt;br /&gt;
* using the [[MathJax_filter]] which identifies TeX expressions and uses the Mathjax JS library to render them in browsers at display time (since Moodle 2.7).&lt;br /&gt;
* using other third-party solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can imagine, the whole field is not as simple as we would like, especially because there are many flavours of TeX and slight variations between tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page focusses only on using TeX in core Moodle.  See the links at the bottom of this page for more information on setting up TeX editors and filters, including other tools from the Moodle community that may be suitable for advanced users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This Wiki environment uses a DIFFERENT TeX renderer to Moodle, especially when it comes to control sequences.  For this reason images are sometimes used to represent what it should look like in Moodle.   YMMV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Language Conventions== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a TeX sequence in your text, surround it with $$ markers. To invoke a particular command or control sequence, use the backslash, \. A typical control sequence looks like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) $$  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex10.gif|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fraction and square root.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional spaces can be placed into the equation using the \ without a trailing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Note== &lt;br /&gt;
When an equation is surrounded by a pair of  $$ markers, it is displayed centered on its own line. The $$’s are primitive TeX markers. With LaTeX, it is often recommended to use the pair \[ and \] to enclose equations, rather than the $$ markers, because the newer syntax checks for mistyped equations and better adjusts vertical spacing. If the TeX Notation filter is activated, which set a LaTeX renderer, the same equation as above is obtained with the following control sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\[&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; x\ =\ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}\ \times\ (y\ +\ 12) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;\]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the equation is mistyped, it will be displayed enclosed in a box to signal the mistake and, if the equation appears in a new paragraph, the vertical space above the equation will adjust correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reserved Characters and Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most characters and numbers on the keyboard can be used at their default value. As with any computing language, though, there are a set of reserved characters and keywords that are used by the program for its own purposes. TeX Notation is no different, but it does have a very small set of Reserved Characters. This will not be a complete list of reserved characters, but some of these are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use these characters in an equation just place the \ in front of them like \$ or \%. If you want to use the backslash, just use \backslash. The only exception here seems to be the &amp;amp;, ampersand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Superscripts, Subscripts and Roots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts are recorded using the caret, ^, symbol. An example for a Maths class might be: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  This is a shorthand way of saying: &lt;br /&gt;
  (4 x 4) x (4 x 4 x 4) = (4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4)&lt;br /&gt;
  or&lt;br /&gt;
  16 x 64 = 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4^2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = 4^5&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subscripts are similar, but use the underscore character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3x_2 \ \times \ 2x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is OK if you want superscripts or subscripts, but square roots are a little different. This uses a control sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \sqrt{64} \ = \ 8 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqrt{64} \ = \ 8&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take this a little further, but adding in a control character. You may ask a question like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n? $$  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;If \ \sqrt[n]{1024} \ = \ 4, \ what \ is \ the \ value \ of \ n?&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using these different commands allows you to develop equations like: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024 $$&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;The \sqrt{64} \ \times \ 2 \ \times \ 4^3 \ = \ 1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Superscripts, Subscripts and roots can also be noted in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fractions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fractions in TeX are actually simple, as long as you remember the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{numerator}{denominator} $$ which produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{numerator}{denominator}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be given as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is entered as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \frac{5}{10} \ is \ equal \ to \ \frac{1}{2}.$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With fractions (as with other commands) the curly brackets can be nested so that for example you can implement negative exponents in fractions.  As you can see,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac {5^{-2}}{3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac {5^{-2}}{3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\frac{3}{4^{-3}}$$ will produce &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{3}{4^{-3}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You likely do not want to use $$\frac{3}{4}^{-3}$$ as it produces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{3}{4}^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use fractions and negative exponents in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As students advance through Maths, they come into contact with brackets. Algebraic notation depends heavily on brackets. The usual keyboard values of ( and ) are useful, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ d = 2 \ \times \ (4 \ - \ j) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually, these brackets are enough for most formulae but they will not be in some circumstances. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ (x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is OK, but try it this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ 4x^3 \ + \ \left(x \ + \ \frac{42}{1 + x^4}\right) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple change using the \left( and \right) symbols instead. Note the actual bracket is both named and presented. Brackets are almost essential in [[Using TeX Notation 4 | Matrices]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellipsis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ellipsis is a simple code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Written like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ x_1, \ x_2, \ \ldots, \ x_n  $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more practical application could be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Add together all the numbers from 1 &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; 38.&lt;br /&gt;
  What is an elegant and simple solution to this problem?&lt;br /&gt;
  Can you create an algebraic function to explain this solution?&lt;br /&gt;
  Will your solution work for all numbers?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer:&lt;br /&gt;
The question uses an even number to demonstrate a mathematical process and generate an algebraic formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class = &amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 1:&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 2.&lt;br /&gt;
| Part 3.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1. \ 1 \ + \ 38 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2. \ 2 \ + \ 37 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;3. \ 3 \ + \ 36 \ = \ 39&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;19. 19 \ + \ 20 \ = \ 39 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 39 \ \times \ 19 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\therefore x \ = \ 741 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|An algebraic function might read something like:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t = (1 + n) \times n/2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where t = total and n = the last number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The solution is that, using the largest and the smallest numbers, the numbers are added and then multiplied by the number of different combinations to produce the same result adding the first and last numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer must depend on the number, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{n}{2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; being a whole number. Therefore, the solution will not work for an odd range of numbers, only an even range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbols==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not all the symbols that may be available in TeX Notation for Moodle, just the ones that I have found to work in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \amalg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\amalg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oplus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \times&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|\ast&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ast&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|\dagger&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \oslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\oslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleleft&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleleft&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigcirc&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcirc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddagger&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ddagger&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \otimes&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\otimes&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \triangleright&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\triangleright&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangledown&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangledown&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\diamond&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \pm&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pm&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  	&lt;br /&gt;
| \odot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\odot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \bigtriangleup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigtriangleup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \div&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\div&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ominus&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ominus&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wr&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wr&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \circ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\circ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \wedge&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\wedge&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vee&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vee&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqcup&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sqcup&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \leq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\leq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \geq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\geq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \equiv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\equiv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \prec&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\prec&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succ&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succ&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sim&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sim&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \perp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\perp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \preceq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\preceq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \succeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\succeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \simeq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\simeq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \mid&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mid&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ll&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \gg &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \asymp&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\asymp&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \parallel&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\parallel&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \supset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \subseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\subseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \supseteq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\supseteq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \approx&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\approx&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \neq&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\neq&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ni&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \notin&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\notin&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \in&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ni&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vdash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \dashv&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dashv&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \bullet&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bullet&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftarrow	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Rightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Rightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Uparrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Uparrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Downarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Downarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Updownarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Updownarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \Leftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Leftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Longleftrightarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Longleftrightarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \leftrightharpoons&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rightleftharpoons&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \Im&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Im&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \nearrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nearrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \nwarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nwarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \swarrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \swarrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \searrow&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \searrow&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delimiters and Maths Constructs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Most delimiters and constructs need additional parameters for them to appear appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \{x&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \{x &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| x | \}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x | \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \rangle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \rangle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \langle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \langle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \angle&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \angle &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \=&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \sqrt[n]{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt[n]{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \frac{ab}{cd}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{ab}{cd}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \backslash&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \backslash&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \widehat{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \widehat{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \$&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \$ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \overline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \overline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \underline{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \underline{ab}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \therefore&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \therefore&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \ddots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \ddots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \%&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \%&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \#&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \# &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \vdots&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
| \emptyset&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \emptyset&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
WARNINGS: The &amp;amp; character in LaTeX usually requires a backslash, \. In TeX Notation for Moodle, apparently, it does not. Other packages, AsciiMath, may use it differently again so be careful using it. The copyright character may use the MimeTeX charset, and produces a copyright notice for John Forkosh Associates who provided a lot of the essential packages for the TeX Notation for Moodle, so I understand. I have been, almost reliably, informed that a particular instruction will produce a different notice though .:)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a number of characters that can be used in TeX Notation for Moodle but do not render in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex08.png|frame|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Larger \left(x and \right) brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex06.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \widetilde{ab}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: cfmimetex09.gif|frame|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| \textdegree or (50)^\circ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek Letters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \alpha  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \beta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \gamma &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \epsilon &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\zeta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \zeta &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \eta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \theta &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\iota&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \iota &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \kappa &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \lambda &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \mu &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\xi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \xi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \pi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \rho &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \sigma &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tau&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \tau &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \upsilon &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \phi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\chi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \chi &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\psi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \psi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Omega  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Theta&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Delta  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Pi  	&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Phi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Gamma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Gamma&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Lambda  &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Sigma  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Psi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Psi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Xi&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Upsilon&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \Upsilon&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\vartheta &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \vartheta&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varrho  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varrho&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varphi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varphi &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varsigma &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| \varsigma&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notable Exceptions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greek letter omicron (traditionally, mathemeticians don&#039;t make much use of omicron due to possible confusion with zero). Simply put, lowercase omicron is an &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; redered as &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. But note \omicron may now work with recent TeX implementations including MathJax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, these Greek capital letters cannot be rendered by TeX Notation in Moodle: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha, Beta, Zeta, Eta, Tau, Chi, Mu, Iota, Kappa and Epsilon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TeX methematics adopts the convention that lowercase Greek symbols are displayed as italics whereas uppercase Greek symbols are displayed as upright characters. Therefore, the missing Greek capital letters can simply be represented by the \mathrm{ } equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{A, B, Z, H, T, X, M, I, K, E}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boolean algebra==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of different conventions for representing Boolean (logic) algebra. Common conventions used in computer science and electronics are detailed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negation, NOT, ¬, !, ~, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \lnot, !, \sim, \overline{ }&lt;br /&gt;
Conjunction, AND, ∧, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\cdot&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \land, \wedge, \cdot&lt;br /&gt;
Dysjunction, OR, ∨, +, &lt;br /&gt;
 \lor, \vee, +&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusive dysjunction, XOR ⊻, ⊕&lt;br /&gt;
 \veebar, \oplus&lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence, If and only if, Iff, ≡, ↔, ⇔&lt;br /&gt;
  \equiv, \leftrightarrow \iff&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: two representations of De Morgan&#039;s laws:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ A \cdot B = \overline{\overline{A} + \overline{B}} SS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 $$ (A \land B) \equiv \lnot(\lnot{A} \lor \lnot{B}) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a particular font you need to access the font using the same syntax as demonstrated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A math calligraphic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blackboard bold, a Castellar type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often used in number theory. For example: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of natural numbers including 0 {0, 1, 2, 3, ...}, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of integers {-..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... }, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of rational numbers, including integers, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{R}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = set of real numbers, which includes the natural numbers, rational numbers and irrational numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fraktur, an Old English type font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathfrak{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is different in Tex Notation in Moodle than it is for other, full, TeX packages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An italic font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathit{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A normal, upright non-italic, Roman font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathrm{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
A bold-face font:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \mathbf{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of displays==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default size is rendered slightly larger than normal font size. TeX Notation in Moodle uses eight different sizes ranging from &amp;quot;tiny&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;huge&amp;quot;. However,these values seem to mean different things and are, I suspect, dependent upon the User&#039;s screen resolution. The sizes can be noted in four different ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fontsize{0} to \fontsize{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fontsize{2} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs{0} to \fs{7}&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs{4} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex10.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| \fs0 to \fs7&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\fs6 x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| As well, you can use \tiny \small &lt;br /&gt;
\normalsize \large \Large &lt;br /&gt;
\LARGE \huge \Huge&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\normalsize x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex11d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that TeX Notation in Moodle now allows \fs6, \fs7, \huge and \Huge to be properly rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Colour==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many scripting languages, we only need to name the colour we want to use. You may have to experiment a little with colours, but it will make for a brighter page. Once named, the entire statement will appear in the colour, and if you mix colours, the last named colour will dominate. Some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30a.gif|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \blue x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30b.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \green x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30c.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \red x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2}$$ $$ \times $$ &lt;br /&gt;
$$\green (y \ + \ 12) $$ $$ \ = $$ $$ \ \blue 6^3 $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex30d.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle 2.2 note: You may find this doesn&#039;t work for you. You can try to add &amp;quot;\usepackage{color}&amp;quot; to your tex notation setting &amp;quot;LaTeX preamble&amp;quot; (under Site adminstration/Plugins/Filters/TeX notation)and then use this new syntax: $$ \color{red} x \ = \ \frac{\sqrt{144}}{2} \ \times \ (y \ + \ 12) $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may note this last one, it is considerably more complex than the previous for colours. TeX Notation in Windows does not allow multicoloured equations, if you name a number of colours in the equation, only the last named will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geometric Shapes== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to produce geometric shapes, one is with circles and the other is with lines. Each take a bit of practice to get right, but they can provide some simple geometry. It may be easier to produce the shapes in Illustrator or Paint Shop Pro or any one of a number of other drawing packages and use them to illustrate your lessons, but sometimes, some simple diagrams in Moodle will do a better job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Circles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Circles are easy to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex20.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Circles are easily created, and only needs a number to determine how large the circle is. &lt;br /&gt;
To create the circle use $$ \circle(150) $$. This makes a circle of 150 pixels in diameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcs are also easy to produce, but require some additional parameters. The same code structure used in circles create the basic shape, but the inclusion of a start and end point creates only the arc. However, notice where the 0 point is, not at the true North, but rather the East and run in an anti-clockwise direction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;90,180)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;0,90)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;180,270)$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex21d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \circle(120;270,360)$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This structure breaks down into the \circle command followed by the diameter, not the radius, of the circle, followed by a semi-colon, then the demarcation of the arc, the nomination of the start and end points in degrees from the 0, East, start point. Note that the canvas is the size of the diameter nominated by the circle&#039;s parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The \picture Command==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using circles and arcs as shown above is somewhat limiting. The \picture command allows you to use a frame in which to build a picture of many layers. Each part of the picture though needs to be in its own space, and while this frame allows you to be creative, to a degree, there are some very hard and fast rules about using it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All elements of a picture need to be located within the picture frame. Unexpected results occur when parts of an arc, for example, runs over the border of the frame. (This is particularly true of lines, which we will get to next, and the consequences of that overstepping of the border can cause serious problems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \picture command is structured like:&lt;br /&gt;
   \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&lt;br /&gt;
   \command(size of frame){(x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate){\shape to draw(size or x co-ordinate, y co-ordinate)})  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brace is used to enclose each set of required starting point coordinates. Inside each set of braces, another set of braces is used to isolate each set of coordinates from the other, and those coordinates use their proper brackets and backslash. Count the opening and closing brackets, be careful of the position,       &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(200)}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture frame brings elements together that you may not otherwise see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the frame size of 100px and the centre point of the circle in the mid-point of the frame, the 200px circle will be squashed. Unexpected results occur when sizes are not correct.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24b.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Using the picture frame, you can layer circles &lt;br /&gt;
and lines over each other, or they can intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(50,50){\circle(99)} (50,50){\circle(80)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24c.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| You may want to see an image of a circle with a dot in the middle. &lt;br /&gt;
You may have to try to place the centre dot correctly , but the &lt;br /&gt;
ordering of the elements in the image may have an impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(100){(48,46){\bullet}(50,50){\circle(99)}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex24d.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Using the same ideas as above, you can make semi-circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(150){(50,50){\circle(100;0,180)}(100,50){\circle(100;180,360)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing lines in TeX Notation in Moodle is an issue, go to the [[Using_TeX_Notation#Reserved_Characters_and_Keywords| Using Text Notation]] for more information. If the line is not noted properly then the parser will try to correctly draw the line but will not successfully complete it. This means that every image that needs be drawn will be drawn until it hits the error. When the error is being converted, it fails, so no subsequent image is drawn. Be careful and make sure your line works BEFORE you move to the next problem or next image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex26.gif|frame|left| a couple of lines]] &lt;br /&gt;
| $$\red \picture(200){(20,0){ \line(180,0)}{(20,180){\line(180,0}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the picture box is that the \picture(200) provides a square image template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The (20,0) provides the starting coordinates for any line that comes after. In this case the start point is at 20pixels in the x axis and 0 pixels in the y axis. The starting point for all coordinates, 0,0, is the bottom left corner and they run in a clockwise manner. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not confuse this with arcs.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The \line(180,0) determines the length and inclination of the line. In this case, the inclination is 0 and the length is 180px. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are enclosed in braces, all inside one set of braces owned by the \picture() control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next set of commands are the same, that is, the (20,200) are the coordinates of the next line. The x co-ordinate is the 20, that is the distance to the right from the 0 point. The y co-ordinates is the distance from the bottom of the image. Whereas the first line started and ran on the bottom of the picture frame, the y co-ordinate starts at the 200 pixel mark from the bottom of the image. The line, at 180 pixels long and has no y slope. This creates a spread pair of parallel lines.     &lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimtex27.gif|thumb|right|150px|\picture explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this explains the structure of a line, there is a couple of elements that you need to go through to do more with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Squares and Rectangles==&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing squares and rectangles is similar, but only slightly different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should be a square box tool, and there is, but unless it has something inside it, it does not display. It is actually easier to make a square using the \line command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line03.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is constructed using:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
It is a 250 pixel square box with a 230 pixel square inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line04.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This box is different in that is has the equal length indicators that are used in a square.&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(5,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,10){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,5){\line(0,10)}&lt;br /&gt;
(240,10){\line(0,230)}&lt;br /&gt;
(235,120){\line(10,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(10,240){\line(230,0)}&lt;br /&gt;
(120,235){\line(0,10)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line05.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The rectangle then becomes the same thing, but with one side shorter. For a portrait canvas it would be:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,230)}(10,10){\line(150,0)}(160,10){\line(0,230)}(10,240){\line(150,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line06.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The rectangle can also produce a landscape shape:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(250){(10,10){\line(0,160)}(10,10){\line(230,0)}(240,10){\line(0,160)}(10,170){\line(230,0)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controlling Angles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controlling angles is a little different. They involve a different perception, but not one that is unfamiliar. Consider this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a point from which we want to draw a line that is on an angle. The notation used at this point can be positive, positive or positive, negative or negative, positive or negative, negative. Think of it like a number plane or a graph, using directed numbers. The 0,0 point is in the centre, and we have four quadrants around it that give us one of the previously mentioned results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Image:co-ordquadrants.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06a.gif|left]] $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}}$$, &lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06b.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and positive y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06c.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a negative x and negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line06d.gif|left]]$$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
a positive x and a negative y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, what these points boil down to is that anything above the insertion point is a positive on the y axis, anything below is a negative. Anything to the left of the insertion point is a negative while everything to the right is a positive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:line06e.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(100){(50,50){\line(40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,45)}(50,50){\line(-40,-45)}(50,50){\line(40,-45)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The co-ordinate alignment process in TeX is not that good that you can use one set of co-ords as a single starting point for all lines. The layering of each object varies because of the position of the previous object, so each object needs to be exactly placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This co-ord structure has a great deal of impact on intersecting lines, parallel lines and triangles. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intersecting Lines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set up an intersecting pair easily enough, using the \picture control sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex31.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)} (0,130){\line(180,-180)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines that are drawn can be labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(200){(10,0){\line(150,150)}(0,130){\line(180,-180)}&lt;br /&gt;
(0,10){A}(0,135){B}(140,0){C}(140,150){D}(62,80){X}} $$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To produce another image.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:cfmimetex32.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| To which you may want to ask the question: &lt;br /&gt;
$$The \ \angle \ of \ AXB \ is \ 72\textdegree. \ What \ is \ the \ value \ of \ \angle BXD? $$&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Image: cfmimetex32a.gif|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Labeling this image, above-right, turned out to be fairly simple. Offsetting points by a few pixels at the start or end points of the lines proved a successful strategy. The X point proved a little more problematic, and took a number of adjustments before getting it right. Experience here will help.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| With labels the drawing can become a little more like your traditional geometric drawing, but the devil is in the details. The parallel markers need to be placed properly, and that is where experience really comes into it. On lines that are vertical or horizontal, you can get away with using the &amp;gt; or &amp;lt; directly from the keyboard, or the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gg&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ll&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  symbols. In either case, you need to position them properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(200){(15,45){\line(170,0)} (15,30){c}(170,28){d}(15,160){\line(170,0)}(15,145){e}(180,143){f}(50,20){\line(110,175)}(58,20){a}(140,185){b}(42,32){\kappa}(53,48){\beta}&lt;br /&gt;
(150,165){\kappa}&lt;br /&gt;
(90,38){\gg}(80,153){\gg}&lt;br /&gt;
}$$&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line10.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lines and Arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining lines and arcs is a serious challenge actually, on a number of levels. For example lets take an arc from the first page on circles.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: cfmimetex21a.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Fairly innocuous of itself, but when we start to add in elements, it changes dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \circle(120;90,180) $$&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: line12.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| $$\picture(150){(75,75){\circle(120;90,180)}(75,75){\line(-70,0)}(75,75){\line(0,75)}} $$&lt;br /&gt;
All elements in this drawing start in the same place. Each is layered, and properly placed on the canvas, and using the same co-ord to start makes it easy to control them. No matter the size of the arc, intersecting lines can all be drawn using the centre co-ords of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Triangles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the drawing objects, it is actually triangles that present the most challenge. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line13.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350){(10,10){\line(0,320)}(10,330){\line(330,0)}(10,10){\line(330,320)}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a simple triangle, one that allows us to establish a simple set of rules for the sides. The vertical always has an x=0 co-ord and the horizontal always has a y=0 co-ord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case with an x value of 330 on the horizontal, and a y value of 320 on the vertical, the hypotenuse should then have a value of x=340, and the y=330, but not so, they actually have an x=330 and a y=320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to add the starting point co-ords to the x and y values of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line14.gif|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
$$picture(350){(10,10){\line(330,0)}(340,10){\line(0,320)}(340,330){\line(-330,-320)}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This triangle has been developed for a Trigonometry page - but the additional notation should provide insight into how you can use it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image:line16.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a labeled image, but it has an \fbox in it with its little line. With some effort, it could be replaced with two intersecting short lines.&lt;br /&gt;
$$\picture(350,150){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(325,25){\line(0,110)}(25,25){\line(300,110)}(309,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}&lt;br /&gt;
(307,98){\theta}(135,75){\beta}(150,5){\alpha}(335,75){\epsilon}}$$ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| The triangle shows like: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:trig01.gif|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|We use the different elements of the triangle to identify those things we need to know about a right-angled triangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hypotenuse is always the side that is opposite the right angle. The longest side is always the Hypotenuse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify the other elements of the triangle we look for the sign &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the starting point for naming the other sides. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that is opposite &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Opposite. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side that lies alongside &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is known as the Adjacent side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine which is which, draw a line that bisects &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\angle \theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and whatever line it crosses is the Opposite side. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| The code:&lt;br /&gt;
$$ \picture(350,250){(25,25){\line(300,0)}(25,25){\line(0,220)}(25,245){\line(300,-220)}(310,25){\circle(100;135,180)}(20,100){\line(310,-75)} (25,25){\fbox{\line(5,5)}}(25,25){\line(150,150)}(165,140){Hypotenuse}(120,2){Adjacent}(2,80){\rotatebox{90}{Opposite}}(270,40){\theta}}$$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Matrices=&lt;br /&gt;
A Matrix is a rectangular array of numbers arranged in rows and columns which can be used to organize numeric information. Matrices can be used to predict trends and outcomes in real situations - i.e. polling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
A matrix can be written and displayed like [[Image: matrices03.gif|A matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the matrix is constructed using the brackets before creating the array:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ M = \left[\begin{array}{ccc} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
The internal structure of the array is generated by the &amp;amp;, ampersand, and the double backslash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a grid for the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A dashed line&lt;br /&gt;
|A solid line&lt;br /&gt;
|A mixed line&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices04.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices05.gif]]	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices06.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c.c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c|c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ M = \left[\begin{array}&#039;&#039;&#039;{c.c|c}&#039;&#039;&#039; a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hline&#039;&#039;&#039; c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ &#039;&#039;&#039;\hdash&#039;&#039;&#039; e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command sequences here are the {c|c.c} and \hdash and \hline. The pipe, |, and the full stop determine the line type for the vertical line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matrices also respond to other TeX Notation commands such as size and colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Colour&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Size&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices07.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices08.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices09.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\blue&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs7&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$ 	&lt;br /&gt;
|$$ &#039;&#039;&#039;\fs2&#039;&#039;&#039; M = \left[\begin{array}{c.c.c} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ \hdash c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ \hdash e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating equal and unequal matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
Equal and unequal matrices are simply matrices that either share or not share the same number of rows and columns. To be more precise, equal matrices share the same order and each element in the corresponding positions are equal. Anything else is unequal matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually equal and unequal matrices are constructed along similar lines, but have different shapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Equal Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|An unequal matrix&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices10.gif]] 	&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image: matrices11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;1 \ c&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;2 \ e&amp;amp;f&amp;amp;3\end{array}\right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
| $$ \left[\begin{array} a&amp;amp;b \ c&amp;amp;d \ e&amp;amp;f \end{array}\right] \ \neq \ \left[\begin{array} 12&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;z \ 10&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;y \ 8&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;x\end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Labeling a Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition and subtraction matrices are similar again, but the presentation is usually very different. The problem comes when trying to mix labels into arrays. The lack of sophistication in the TeX Notation plays against it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle allows an easy adoption of tables to make it work though. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker supplies three shops, A, B and C with pies, pasties and sausage rolls. &lt;br /&gt;
  He is expected to determine the stock levels of those three shops in his estimation of supplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is better to use the Moodle Fullscreen editor for this, to have a better idea of how the end product will look and to take advantage of the additional tools available. Design decisions need occupy our attention for a while. We need a table of five rows and four columns. The first row is a header row, so the label is centred. The next row needs four columns, a blank cell to start and labels A, B and C. The next three rows are divided into two columns, with the labels, pies, pasties and sausage rolls in each row of the first column and the matrix resides in a merged set of columns there. So first the table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Insert Table - initial properties&lt;br /&gt;
| Merge Cells Button&lt;br /&gt;
| Advanced Properties&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Image: matricestable01.png|Table properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable02.png | Merge cells]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Image: matricestable03.png | Cell properties button]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| You may need to look into the Advanced properties setting of the tables and cells to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the immediate result: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable04.png | The resulting table]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not a very good look, it can be made better by tweaking the table using the advanced settings and properties buttons and then you can tweak the matrix itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tweaking the Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable05a.png | A tweaked matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things are not always as they seem, be aware, the &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; does not stand for &amp;quot;column&amp;quot;, it actually stands for &amp;quot;centre&amp;quot;. The columns are aligned by the letters l, for left, c for centre and r for right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column is spread across 50 pixels, so the value of 50 is entered into the alignment declaration. The plus sign before the value is used to &amp;quot;propogate&amp;quot; or to force the value across the whole matrix, but is not used when wanting to separate only one column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set the rows is a little more problematic. The capital letter C sets the vertical alignment to the centre, (B is for baseline, but that does not guarantee that the numbers will appear on the base line, and there does not appear to be any third value). The plus sign and following value sets the height of all rows to the number given. In this I have given it a value of 25 pixels for the entire matrix. If there were four or five rows, the same height requirement is made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order things appear is also important. If you change the order of these settings, they will either not work at all, or will not render as you expect them to. If something does not work properly, then check to make sure you have the right order first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Addition Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rule for performing operations on matrices is that they must be equal matrices. For example, addition matrices look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable06.png | An addition matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the results obvious. The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] + \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  60&amp;amp;60&amp;amp;60 \ \hdash 40&amp;amp;40&amp;amp;30 \ \hdash 30&amp;amp;30&amp;amp;30&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Subtraction Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an addition matrix in its construction, the subtraction matrix is subject to the same rules of equality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same essential data, we can calculate the daily sales of each of the shops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matricestable07.png | A subtraction matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is:&lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  72&amp;amp;95&amp;amp;68 \ \hdash 54&amp;amp;61&amp;amp;65 \ \hdash 48&amp;amp;51&amp;amp;60&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] - \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  11&amp;amp;14&amp;amp;12 \ \hdash 16&amp;amp;12&amp;amp;22 \ \hdash 14&amp;amp;17&amp;amp;15&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] = \left[\begin{array}{c+50C+25.c.c}&lt;br /&gt;
  61&amp;amp;81&amp;amp;56 \ \hdash 38&amp;amp;49&amp;amp;43 \ \hdash 34&amp;amp;34&amp;amp;48&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{array}\right] $$  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code looks more complex than it really is, it is cluttered by the lines and alignment sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiplication Matrices==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different than the addition or subtraction matrices, the multiplication matrix comes in three parts, the row matrix, the column matrix and the answer matrix. This implies it has a different construction methodology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices16.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$ \begin{array} 10&amp;amp;amp;14&amp;amp;amp;16\end{array} \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} 45 \\ 61 \\ 19 \end{array}\right] &lt;br /&gt;
  \ = \ \begin{array} 450&amp;amp;amp;854&amp;amp;amp;304\end{array} $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different, it is not necessarily more complex. For example a problem like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Bill the baker is selling his product to Con the cafe owner, who &lt;br /&gt;
  wants to make sure his overall prices are profitable for himself. &lt;br /&gt;
  Con needs to make sure that his average price is providing sufficient &lt;br /&gt;
  profit to be able to keep the cafes open. Con makes his calculations &lt;br /&gt;
  on a weekly basis, comparing cost to sale prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the pies, pasties and sausage rolls in that order he applies them to the cost and sale price columns :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: matrices17.gif | A multiplication matrix]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code for this is: &lt;br /&gt;
  $$\left[\begin{array} 350&amp;amp;amp;310&amp;amp;amp;270 \end{array}\right] \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \left[\begin{array} \$2.10&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$2.05&amp;amp;amp;\$3.60 \ \$1.90&amp;amp;amp;\$3.10 \end{array} &lt;br /&gt;
  \right] \ = \ \left[\begin{array} \$735.00&amp;amp;amp;\$1260.00 \ \$635.50&amp;amp;amp;\$1116.00 \ &lt;br /&gt;
  \$513.00&amp;amp;amp;$\837.00 \end{array}\right] $$&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mathematics_tools_FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MathJax_filter]] - available in Moodle 2.7 and later&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TeX notation filter]] To turn on the TeX Notation &lt;br /&gt;
* [[DragMath equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chemistry notation using mhchem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mathematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dbauer-ets</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>